blob: f653cf63d803b010a0d638cbcae998d37aec8705 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +000015#include "Lookup.h"
Chris Lattnercb6a3822006-11-10 06:20:45 +000016#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar6e8aa532008-08-11 05:35:13 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000019#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff021ca182008-05-29 21:12:08 +000020#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000021#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +000022#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000024#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
25#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner07d754a2008-10-26 23:43:26 +000027#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000028#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Douglas Gregorb53edfb2009-11-10 19:49:08 +000029#include "clang/Parse/Template.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000030using namespace clang;
31
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +000032
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000033/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
34/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
35///
36/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
37/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
38/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
39/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
40/// function is being used.
41///
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000042/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated
43/// decls.
44///
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000045/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
46/// referenced), false otherwise.
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000047///
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000048bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000049 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000050 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000051 EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Loc);
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000052 }
53
Chris Lattnera27dd592009-10-25 17:21:40 +000054 // See if the decl is unavailable
55 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
56 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
57 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
58 }
59
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000060 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000061 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000062 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
63 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
64 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
65 return true;
66 }
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000067 }
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000068
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000069 return false;
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000070}
71
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000072/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000073/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000074/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
75///
76void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000077 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000078 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000079 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000080 return;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000081 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
82 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000083
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +000084 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
85 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000086 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +000087 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
88 int isMethod = 0;
89 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
90 // skip over named parameters.
91 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
92 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
93 if (nullPos)
94 --nullPos;
95 else
96 ++i;
97 }
98 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
99 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000100 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000101 // skip over named parameters.
102 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
103 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
104 if (nullPos)
105 --nullPos;
106 else
107 ++i;
108 }
109 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000110 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000111 // block or function pointer call.
112 QualType Ty = V->getType();
113 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000114 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000115 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
116 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000117 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
118 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
119 unsigned k;
120 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
121 if (nullPos)
122 --nullPos;
123 else
124 ++i;
125 }
126 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
127 }
128 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
129 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000130 } else
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000131 return;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000132 } else
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000133 return;
134
135 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000136 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000137 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000138 return;
139 }
140 int sentinel = i;
141 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
142 --sentinelPos;
143 ++i;
144 }
145 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
146 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000147 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000148 return;
149 }
150 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
151 ++i;
152 ++sentinel;
153 }
154 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
Anders Carlsson0b11a3e2009-11-24 17:24:21 +0000155 if (sentinelExpr && (!isa<GNUNullExpr>(sentinelExpr) &&
156 (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
157 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
158 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)))) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000159 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000160 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000161 }
162 return;
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000163}
164
Douglas Gregor87f95b02009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000165SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
166 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
167 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
168}
169
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000170//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
171// Standard Promotions and Conversions
172//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
173
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000174/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
175void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
176 QualType Ty = E->getType();
177 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
178
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000179 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000180 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlsson6904f642009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000181 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000182 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
183 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
184 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
185 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
186 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
187 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
188 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9321c742008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000189 //
190 // C++ 4.2p1:
191 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
192 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
193 //
194 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
195 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson8fc489d2009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000196 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
197 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000198 }
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000199}
200
201/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000202/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000203/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
204/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
205/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
206Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
207 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
208 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000209
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000210 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
211 //
212 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
213 // unsigned int may be used:
214 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
215 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
216 // and unsigned int.
217 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
218 //
219 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
220 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
221 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
222 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000223 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
224 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000225 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000226 return Expr;
227 }
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000228 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000229 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000230 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000231 return Expr;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000232 }
233
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000234 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000235 return Expr;
236}
237
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000238/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000239/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000240/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
241void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
242 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
243 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000244
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000245 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000246 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000247 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000248 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy,
249 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000250
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000251 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
252}
253
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000254/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
255/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
256/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
257/// completely illegal.
258bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000259 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000260
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000261 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
262 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
263 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
264 << Expr->getType() << CT;
265 return true;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000266 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000267
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000268 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
269 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
270 << Expr->getType() << CT;
271
272 return false;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000273}
274
275
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000276/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
277/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000278/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000279/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
280/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
281/// GCC.
282QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
283 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000284 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000285 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000286
287 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000288
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000289 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000290 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000291 QualType lhs =
292 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000293 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000294 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000295
296 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
297 if (lhs == rhs)
298 return lhs;
299
300 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
301 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
302 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
303 return lhs;
304
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000305 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000306 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000307 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
308 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000309 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000310 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
311 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
312
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000313 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000314 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000315 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
316 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000317 return destType;
318}
319
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000320//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
321// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
322//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
323
324
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000325/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000326/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
327/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
328/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
329/// string.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000330///
331Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000332Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000333 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
334
Chris Lattner8a24e582009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000335 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Steve Naroff4f88b312007-03-13 22:37:02 +0000336 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000337 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000338
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +0000339 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000340 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
341 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000342
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000343 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscbad7252008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000344 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000345 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000346
347 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
348 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
349 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000350
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000351 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
352 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
353 // strings.
354 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerd42c29f2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000355 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000356 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000357
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000358 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000359 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattnerf83b5af2009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000360 Literal.GetStringLength(),
361 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
362 &StringTokLocs[0],
363 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000364}
365
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000366/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
367/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
368/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
369/// for values inside the block or for globals).
370///
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000371/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
372/// up-to-date.
373///
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000374static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
375 ValueDecl *VD) {
376 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
377 // we wanted to.
378 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
379 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000380
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000381 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
382 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
383 return false;
384
385 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
386 // snapshot it.
387 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
388 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000389 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
390 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000391
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000392 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
393 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
394
395 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
396 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
397 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
398 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
399 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
400 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
401 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
402 // having a reference outside it.
403 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
404 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000405
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000406 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
407 // a snapshot as well.
408 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
409 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000410
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000411 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000412}
413
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000414
415
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000416/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr.
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000417Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000418Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000419 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000420 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
421 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000422 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000423 << D->getDeclName();
424 return ExprError();
425 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000426
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000427 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
428 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
429 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
430 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000431 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000432 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000433 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000434 << D->getIdentifier();
435 return ExprError();
436 }
437 }
438 }
439 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000440
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000441 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000442
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000443 return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
444 SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
445 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregored6c7442009-11-23 11:41:28 +0000446 D, Loc, Ty));
Douglas Gregorc7acfdf2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000447}
448
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000449/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
450/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
451/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000452static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
453 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000454 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000455 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000456
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000457 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
458 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
459 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000460 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000461 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000462 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000463 D != DEnd; ++D) {
464 if (*D == Record) {
465 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
466 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
467 ++D;
468 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000469 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000470 return *D;
471 }
472 }
473
474 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
475 return 0;
476}
477
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000478/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
479/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
480/// actual member.
481///
482/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
483/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
484/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
485/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
486/// we found.
487///
488/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
489/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
490/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
491VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
492 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000493 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
494 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
495 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
496
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000497 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000498 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
499 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
500 do {
501 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000502 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000503 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000504 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000505 else {
506 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
507 break;
508 }
509 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000510 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000511 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000512
513 return BaseObject;
514}
515
516Sema::OwningExprResult
517Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
518 FieldDecl *Field,
519 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
520 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
521 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000522 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000523 AnonFields);
524
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000525 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
526 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
527 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
528 // found via name lookup.
529 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000530 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000531 if (BaseObject) {
532 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
533 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000534 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000535 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000536 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000537 SourceLocation());
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000538 BaseQuals
539 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000540 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
541 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
542 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
543 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
544 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000545 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000546 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
547 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
548 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000549 BaseQuals
550 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000551 } else {
552 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
553 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
554 // program our base object expression is "this".
555 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
556 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000557 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000558 = Context.getTagDeclType(
559 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
560 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000561 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000562 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
563 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
564 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000565 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000566 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000567 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
568 }
569 } else {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000570 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
571 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000572 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000573 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000574 }
575
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000576 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000577 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
578 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000579 }
580
581 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
582 // anonymous struct/union.
583 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000584 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000585 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
586 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
587 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
588 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000589 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
590 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
591
592 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
593 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
594 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
595 ResultQuals.removeConst();
596
597 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
598 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
599
600 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
601 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
602
603 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
604 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
605 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
606
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000607 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000608 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000609 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
610 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000611 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000612 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000613 }
614
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000615 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000616}
617
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000618/// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationName, its location, and
619/// possibly a list of template arguments.
620///
621/// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call
622/// DecomposeTemplateName.
623///
624/// This actually loses a lot of source location information for
625/// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in
626/// some way.
627static void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Sema &SemaRef,
628 const UnqualifiedId &Id,
629 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
630 DeclarationName &Name,
631 SourceLocation &NameLoc,
632 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) {
633 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
634 Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
635 Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
636
637 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(SemaRef,
638 Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
639 Id.TemplateId->NumArgs);
640 SemaRef.translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer);
641 TemplateArgsPtr.release();
642
643 TemplateName TName =
644 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
645
646 Name = SemaRef.Context.getNameForTemplate(TName);
647 NameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
648 TemplateArgs = &Buffer;
649 } else {
650 Name = SemaRef.GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id);
651 NameLoc = Id.StartLocation;
652 TemplateArgs = 0;
653 }
654}
655
656/// Decompose the given template name into a list of lookup results.
657///
658/// The unqualified ID must name a non-dependent template, which can
659/// be more easily tested by checking whether DecomposeUnqualifiedId
660/// found template arguments.
661static void DecomposeTemplateName(LookupResult &R, const UnqualifiedId &Id) {
662 assert(Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId);
663 TemplateName TName =
664 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
665
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000666 if (TemplateDecl *TD = TName.getAsTemplateDecl())
667 R.addDecl(TD);
668 else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *OD
669 = TName.getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl())
670 for (OverloadIterator I(OD), E; I != E; ++I)
671 R.addDecl(*I);
John McCalla9ee3252009-11-22 02:49:43 +0000672
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000673 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000674}
675
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000676static bool IsFullyFormedScope(Sema &SemaRef, CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
677 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
678 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
679 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
680 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
681 if (!BaseRT) return false;
682
683 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
684 if (!BaseRecord->isDefinition() ||
685 !IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, BaseRecord))
686 return false;
687 }
688
689 return true;
690}
691
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000692/// Determines whether we can lookup this id-expression now or whether
693/// we have to wait until template instantiation is complete.
694static bool IsDependentIdExpression(Sema &SemaRef, const CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000695 DeclContext *DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000696
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000697 // If the qualifier scope isn't computable, it's definitely dependent.
698 if (!DC) return true;
699
700 // If the qualifier scope doesn't name a record, we can always look into it.
701 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) return false;
702
703 // We can't look into record types unless they're fully-formed.
704 if (!IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))) return true;
705
706 // We can always look into fully-formed record types, but if we're
707 // in a dependent but not fully-formed context, we can't decide
708 // whether the qualifier names a base class. We shouldn't be trying
709 // to decide that yet anyway, but we are, so we need to delay that
710 // decision.
711 CXXRecordDecl *CurRecord;
712 if (CXXMethodDecl *CurMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext))
713 CurRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurMethod->getParent());
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000714 else
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000715 CurRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext);
716
717 return CurRecord && !IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, CurRecord);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000718}
719
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000720Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
721 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
722 UnqualifiedId &Id,
723 bool HasTrailingLParen,
724 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
725 assert(!(isAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&
726 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen");
727
728 if (SS.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000729 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000730
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000731 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000732
733 // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data.
734 DeclarationName Name;
735 SourceLocation NameLoc;
736 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000737 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
738 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000739
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000740 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000741
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000742 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
743 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
744 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
745 // names a dependent type.
746 // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization;
747 // we need to handle these differently.
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000748 if (SS.isSet() && IsDependentIdExpression(*this, SS)) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000749 bool CheckForImplicitMember = !isAddressOfOperand;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000750
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000751 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, Name, NameLoc,
752 CheckForImplicitMember,
753 TemplateArgs);
754 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000755
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000756 // Perform the required lookup.
757 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
758 if (TemplateArgs) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000759 // Just re-use the lookup done by isTemplateName.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000760 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000761 } else {
762 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000763
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000764 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do
765 // some special Objective-C lookup, too.
766 if (!SS.isSet() && II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
767 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II));
768 if (E.isInvalid())
769 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000770
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000771 Expr *Ex = E.takeAs<Expr>();
772 if (Ex) return Owned(Ex);
Steve Naroffebf4cb42008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000773 }
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000774 }
Douglas Gregorf15f5d32009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000775
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000776 if (R.isAmbiguous())
777 return ExprError();
778
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000779 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
780 // argument-dependent lookup.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000781 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000782
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000783 if (R.empty() && !ADL) {
Bill Wendling4073ed52007-02-13 01:51:42 +0000784 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000785 // in C90, extension in C99, forbidden in C++).
786 if (HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
787 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S);
788 if (D) R.addDecl(D);
789 }
790
791 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function
792 // call, diagnose the problem.
793 if (R.empty()) {
794 if (!SS.isEmpty())
795 return ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_no_member)
796 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
797 << SS.getRange());
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +0000798 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
Alexis Hunt3d221f22009-11-29 07:34:05 +0000799 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000800 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000801 return ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
802 << Name);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis16ac9be2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000803 else
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000804 return ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +0000805 }
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +0000806 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000807
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000808 // This is guaranteed from this point on.
809 assert(!R.empty() || ADL);
810
811 if (VarDecl *Var = R.getAsSingle<VarDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000812 // Warn about constructs like:
813 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
814 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000815
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000816 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
817 Scope *CheckS = S;
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000818 while (CheckS && CheckS->getControlParent()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000819 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000820 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000821 ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000822 << Var->getDeclName()
823 << (Var->getType()->isPointerType()? 2 :
824 Var->getType()->isBooleanType()? 1 : 0));
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000825 break;
826 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000827
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000828 // Move to the parent of this scope.
829 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000830 }
831 }
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000832 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = R.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000833 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
834 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
835 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
836 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
837 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
838 // type.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000839 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, NameLoc))
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000840 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000841
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000842 QualType T = Func->getType();
843 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000844 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000845 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000846 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, NameLoc, &SS);
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000847 }
848 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000849
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000850 // &SomeClass::foo is an abstract member reference, regardless of
851 // the nature of foo, but &SomeClass::foo(...) is not. If this is
852 // *not* an abstract member reference, and any of the results is a
853 // class member (which necessarily means they're all class members),
854 // then we make an implicit member reference instead.
855 //
856 // This check considers all the same information as the "needs ADL"
857 // check, but there's no simple logical relationship other than the
858 // fact that they can never be simultaneously true. We could
859 // calculate them both in one pass if that proves important for
860 // performance.
861 if (!ADL) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000862 bool isAbstractMemberPointer = (isAddressOfOperand && !SS.isEmpty());
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000863
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000864 if (!isAbstractMemberPointer && !R.empty() &&
865 isa<CXXRecordDecl>((*R.begin())->getDeclContext())) {
866 return BuildImplicitMemberReferenceExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000867 }
868 }
869
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000870 if (TemplateArgs)
871 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, ADL, *TemplateArgs);
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000872
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000873 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL);
874}
875
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000876/// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified
877/// declaration name, generally during template instantiation.
878/// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along
879/// this path.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000880Sema::OwningExprResult
881Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
882 DeclarationName Name,
883 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
884 DeclContext *DC;
885 if (!(DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
886 DC->isDependentContext() ||
887 RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS))
888 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, Name, NameLoc, 0);
889
890 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
891 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
892
893 if (R.isAmbiguous())
894 return ExprError();
895
896 if (R.empty()) {
897 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_no_member) << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
898 return ExprError();
899 }
900
901 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false);
902}
903
904/// LookupInObjCMethod - The parser has read a name in, and Sema has
905/// detected that we're currently inside an ObjC method. Perform some
906/// additional lookup.
907///
908/// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's
909/// actually quite a lot of extra work involved.
910///
911/// Returns a null sentinel to indicate trivial success.
912Sema::OwningExprResult
913Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S,
914 IdentifierInfo *II) {
915 SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc();
916
917 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
918 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
919 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
920 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
921 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
922
923 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
924 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
925 // ivar, that's an error.
926 bool IsClassMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
927
928 bool LookForIvars;
929 if (Lookup.empty())
930 LookForIvars = true;
931 else if (IsClassMethod)
932 LookForIvars = false;
933 else
934 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
935 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
936
937 if (LookForIvars) {
938 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
939 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
940 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
941 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
942 if (IsClassMethod)
943 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
944 << IV->getDeclName());
945
946 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
947 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
948 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
949 return ExprError();
950
951 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
952 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
953 return ExprError();
954
955 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
956 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
957 ClassDeclared != IFace)
958 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
959
960 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
961 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
962 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
963 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
964 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
965 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
966 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec,
967 SelfName, false, false);
968 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
969 return Owned(new (Context)
970 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
971 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
972 }
973 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
974 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
975 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
976 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
977 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
978 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
979 IFace == ClassDeclared)
980 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
981 }
982 }
983
984 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
985 if (Lookup.empty() && II->isStr("super")) {
986 QualType T;
987
988 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
989 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
990 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
991 else
992 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
993 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
994 }
995
996 // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special.
997 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000998}
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000999
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001000/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001001bool
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001002Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
1003 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001004 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001005 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001006 QualType DestType =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001007 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001008 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
1009 return false;
1010 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
1011 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001012 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001013 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
1014 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001015 }
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001016 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
1017 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
1018 DestRecordType,
1019 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1020 From->getSourceRange()))
1021 return true;
Anders Carlssona076d142009-07-31 01:23:52 +00001022 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
1023 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001024 }
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001025 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001026}
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001027
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +00001028/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001029static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001030 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, NamedDecl *Member,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001031 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty,
1032 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0) {
1033 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1034 SourceRange QualifierRange;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001035 if (SS.isSet()) {
1036 Qualifier = (NestedNameSpecifier *) SS.getScopeRep();
1037 QualifierRange = SS.getRange();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001038 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001039
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001040 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
1041 Member, Loc, TemplateArgs, Ty);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00001042}
1043
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001044/// Return true if all the decls in the given result are instance
1045/// methods.
1046static bool IsOnlyInstanceMethods(const LookupResult &R) {
1047 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
1048 NamedDecl *D = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
1049
1050 CXXMethodDecl *Method;
1051 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
1052 Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)
1053 ->getTemplatedDecl());
1054 else if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1055 Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D);
1056 else
1057 return false;
1058
1059 if (Method->isStatic())
1060 return false;
1061 }
1062
1063 return true;
1064}
1065
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001066/// Builds an implicit member access expression from the given
1067/// unqualified lookup set, which is known to contain only class
1068/// members.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001069Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001070Sema::BuildImplicitMemberReferenceExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1071 LookupResult &R,
1072 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
1073 assert(!R.empty() && !R.isAmbiguous());
1074
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001075 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001076
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001077 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1078 // (C++ [class.union]).
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +00001079 // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference?
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001080 // FIXME: template-ids inside anonymous structs?
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001081 if (FieldDecl *FD = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>())
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001082 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001083 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001084
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001085 QualType ThisType;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001086 if (isImplicitMemberReference(R, ThisType)) {
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001087 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisType);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001088 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, This),
1089 /*OpLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
1090 /*IsArrow*/ true,
1091 SS, R, TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001092 }
1093
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001094 // Diagnose now if none of the available methods are static.
1095 if (IsOnlyInstanceMethods(R))
1096 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_call_without_object));
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001097
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001098 if (R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>()) {
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001099 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001100 if (MD->isStatic()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001101 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001102 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001103 << R.getLookupName();
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001104 return ExprError();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001105 }
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001106 }
1107
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001108 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
1109 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
1110 // above.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001111 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001112 << R.getLookupName();
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001113 return ExprError();
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001114 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001115
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001116 // We're not in an implicit member-reference context, but the lookup
1117 // results might not require an instance. Try to build a non-member
1118 // decl reference.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001119 if (TemplateArgs)
1120 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, /* ADL */ false, *TemplateArgs);
1121
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001122 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001123}
1124
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001125bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001126 const LookupResult &R,
1127 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001128 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
1129 if (!HasTrailingLParen)
1130 return false;
1131
1132 // Never if a scope specifier was provided.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001133 if (SS.isSet())
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001134 return false;
1135
1136 // Only in C++ or ObjC++.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001137 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001138 return false;
1139
1140 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
1141 // normal lookup:
1142 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
1143 NamedDecl *D = *I;
1144
1145 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1146 // -- a declaration of a class member
1147 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
1148 // original decl.
1149 if (D->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
1150 return false;
1151
1152 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1153 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
1154 // using-declaration
1155 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
1156 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
1157 // turn off ADL anyway).
1158 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1159 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1160 else if (D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1161 return false;
1162
1163 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1164 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
1165 // template
1166 // And also for builtin functions.
1167 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1168 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
1169
1170 // But also builtin functions.
1171 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
1172 return false;
1173 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
1174 return false;
1175 }
1176
1177 return true;
1178}
1179
1180
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001181/// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
1182/// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
1183/// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
1184/// will in fact be used.
1185static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1186 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
1187 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
1188 return true;
1189 }
1190
1191 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
1192 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
1193 return true;
1194 }
1195
1196 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
1197 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
1198 return true;
1199 }
1200
1201 return false;
1202}
1203
1204Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001205Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001206 LookupResult &R,
1207 bool NeedsADL) {
1208 assert(R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue);
1209
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001210 // If this isn't an overloaded result and we don't need ADL, just
1211 // build an ordinary singleton decl ref.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001212 if (!NeedsADL && !R.isOverloadedResult())
1213 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl());
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001214
1215 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
1216 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
1217 // functions and function templates.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001218 if (R.isSingleResult() &&
1219 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001220 return ExprError();
1221
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001222 bool Dependent
1223 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), 0);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001224 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001225 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, Dependent,
1226 (NestedNameSpecifier*) SS.getScopeRep(),
1227 SS.getRange(),
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001228 R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
1229 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult());
1230 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
1231 ULE->addDecl(*I);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001232
1233 return Owned(ULE);
1234}
1235
1236
1237/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1238Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001239Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001240 SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1241 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00001242 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
1243 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001244 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
1245
1246 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
1247 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001248
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001249 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001250
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001251 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1252 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1253 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1254 // that overload resolution actually selects.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001255 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001256 return ExprError();
1257
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001258 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1259 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001260 return ExprError();
1261
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001262 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1263 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1264 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1265 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001266 //
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001267 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1268 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1269 //
1270 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001271 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001272 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001273 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001274 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001275 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001276 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1277 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001278 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001279
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001280 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001281 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001282 constAdded));
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001283 }
1284 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1285 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001286
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001287 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, &SS);
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +00001288}
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001289
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001290Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1291 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001292 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001293
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001294 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001295 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001296 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1297 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1298 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001299 }
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001300
Chris Lattnera81a0272008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001301 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1302 // string.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001303
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001304 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1305 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001306 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001307 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001308 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001309
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001310 QualType ResTy;
1311 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1312 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1313 } else {
1314 unsigned Length =
1315 PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(Context, IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001316
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001317 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001318 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001319 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1320 }
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001321 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001322}
1323
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001324Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001325 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001326 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1327 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1328 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001329
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001330 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1331 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1332 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001333 return ExprError();
Chris Lattneref24b382008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001334
1335 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1336
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001337 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1338 Literal.isWide(),
1339 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001340}
1341
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001342Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1343 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001344 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1345 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner9240b3e2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001346 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerc4c18192009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001347 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001348 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff5faaef72009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001349 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001350 }
Ted Kremeneke9814182009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001351
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001352 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattnera1cf5f92008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001353 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1354 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001355 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001356
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001357 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001358 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001359
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001360 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Steve Naroff451d8f162007-03-12 23:22:38 +00001361 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001362 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001363 return ExprError();
1364
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001365 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001366
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001367 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001368 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001369 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001370 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001371 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001372 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001373 else
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001374 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001375
1376 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1377
Ted Kremenek3a2c9502007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001378 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1379 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattnere4edb8e2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001380 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1381 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001382
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001383 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001384 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001385 } else {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001386 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001387
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001388 // long long is a C99 feature.
1389 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth4a1ee052007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001390 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001391 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1392
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001393 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001394 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001395
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001396 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1397 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1398 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001399 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1400 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001401 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001402 } else {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001403 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1404 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001405
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001406 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1407 // be an unsigned int.
1408 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1409
1410 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001411 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner7b939cf2007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001412 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1413 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001414 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001415
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001416 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1417 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1418 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1419 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001420 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001421 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001422 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001423 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001424 }
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001425 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001426
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001427 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001428 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001429 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001430
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001431 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1432 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1433 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1434 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001435 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001436 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001437 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001438 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001439 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001440 }
1441
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001442 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001443 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001444 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001445
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001446 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1447 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1448 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1449 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001450 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001451 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001452 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001453 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001454 }
1455 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001456
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001457 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1458 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001459 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001460 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001461 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001462 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001463 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001464
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001465 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1466 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001467 }
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001468 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001469 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001470
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001471 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1472 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001473 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001474 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001475
1476 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001477}
1478
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001479Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1480 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001481 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001482 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001483 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001484}
1485
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00001486/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00001487/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001488bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001489 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1490 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1491 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001492 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1493 return false;
1494
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001495 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
1496 // the result is the size of the referenced type."
1497 // C++ [expr.alignof]p3: "When alignof is applied to a reference type, the
1498 // result shall be the alignment of the referenced type."
1499 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = exprType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
1500 exprType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1501
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001502 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001503 if (exprType->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001504 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001505 if (isSizeof)
1506 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1507 return false;
1508 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001509
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001510 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001511 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001512 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1513 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001514 return false;
1515 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001516
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001517 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001518 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001519 PDiag(diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type)
1520 << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001521 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001522
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001523 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanian1dcb3222009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001524 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001525 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001526 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1527 return true;
Chris Lattner37920f52009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001528 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001529
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001530 return false;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001531}
1532
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001533bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1534 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1535 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001536
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001537 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001538 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1539 return false;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001540
1541 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1542 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1543 return false;
1544
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001545 if (E->getBitField()) {
1546 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1547 return true;
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001548 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001549
1550 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1551 // bit-field.
1552 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001553 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001554 return false;
1555
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001556 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1557}
1558
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001559/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001560Action::OwningExprResult
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001561Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(DeclaratorInfo *DInfo,
1562 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001563 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001564 if (!DInfo)
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001565 return ExprError();
1566
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001567 QualType T = DInfo->getType();
1568
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001569 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1570 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1571 return ExprError();
1572
1573 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001574 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, DInfo,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001575 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1576 R.getEnd()));
1577}
1578
1579/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1580/// operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001581Action::OwningExprResult
1582Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001583 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1584 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1585 bool isInvalid = false;
1586 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1587 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1588 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1589 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001590 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001591 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1592 isInvalid = true;
1593 } else {
1594 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1595 }
1596
1597 if (isInvalid)
1598 return ExprError();
1599
1600 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1601 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1602 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1603 R.getEnd()));
1604}
1605
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001606/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1607/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1608/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001609Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001610Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1611 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner0d8b1a12006-11-20 04:34:45 +00001612 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001613 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001614
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001615 if (isType) {
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001616 DeclaratorInfo *DInfo;
1617 (void) GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx, &DInfo);
1618 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(DInfo, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001619 }
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001620
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001621 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1622 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1623 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1624
1625 if (Result.isInvalid())
1626 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1627
1628 return move(Result);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001629}
1630
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001631QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001632 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1633 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001634
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001635 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001636 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001637 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001638
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001639 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1640 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1641 return V->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001642
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001643 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001644 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1645 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001646 return QualType();
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001647}
1648
1649
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001650
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001651Action::OwningExprResult
1652Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1653 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001654 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1655 switch (Kind) {
1656 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1657 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1658 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1659 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001660
Eli Friedmancfdd40c2009-11-18 03:38:04 +00001661 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001662}
1663
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001664Action::OwningExprResult
1665Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1666 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001667 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1668 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1669
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001670 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1671 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001672
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001673 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor7a77a6b2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001674 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1675 Base.release();
1676 Idx.release();
1677 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1678 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1679 }
1680
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001681 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001682 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman254a1a22008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001683 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1684 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1685 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001686 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx));
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001687 }
1688
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001689 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
1690}
1691
1692
1693Action::OwningExprResult
1694Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1695 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1696 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get());
1697 Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
1698
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001699 // Perform default conversions.
1700 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1701 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001702
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001703 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001704
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001705 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001706 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001707 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001708 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001709 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1710 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001711 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1712 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1713 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1714 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001715 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001716 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1717 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001718 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001719 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattneraee0cfd2007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001720 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001721 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1722 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001723 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001724 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001725 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001726 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1727 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1728 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001729 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001730 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001731 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1732 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1733 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1734 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001735 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner41977962007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001736 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001737 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begemanc1bf0612009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001738
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001739 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1740 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001741 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1742 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1743 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1744 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1745 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1746 // force the promotion here.
1747 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1748 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001749 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
1750 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001751 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1752
1753 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1754 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001755 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001756 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1757 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1758 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1759 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001760 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
1761 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001762 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1763
1764 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1765 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001766 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffb3096442007-06-09 03:47:53 +00001767 } else {
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001768 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1769 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001770 }
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001771 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001772 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
1773 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001774 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1775 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffb29cdd52007-07-10 18:23:31 +00001776
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001777 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinigb7608d72009-09-14 20:14:57 +00001778 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
1779 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig914244e2009-09-14 01:58:58 +00001780 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
1781
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001782 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001783 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1784 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001785 // incomplete types are not object types.
1786 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1787 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1788 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1789 return ExprError();
1790 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001791
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001792 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001793 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001794 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
1795 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001796 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001797
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001798 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1799 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1800 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1801 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1802 return ExprError();
1803 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001804
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001805 Base.release();
1806 Idx.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001807 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001808 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001809}
1810
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001811QualType Sema::
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001812CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001813 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001814 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Daniel Dunbarc0429402009-10-18 02:09:38 +00001815 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements,
1816 // see FIXME there.
1817 //
1818 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along
1819 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001820 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001821
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001822 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00001823 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001824
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001825 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001826 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1827 // to be selected.
1828 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001829
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001830 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1831 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman0359e122009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001832 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001833
1834 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1835 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001836 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001837 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1838 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001839 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001840 do
1841 compStr++;
1842 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001843 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001844 do
1845 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001846 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001847 }
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001848
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001849 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001850 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1851 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001852 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1853 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001854 return QualType();
1855 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001856
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001857 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1858 // operates on.
1859 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00001860 compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001861
1862 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001863 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001864
1865 while (*compStr) {
1866 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1867 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1868 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1869 return QualType();
1870 }
1871 }
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001872 }
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001873
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001874 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1875 // number of elements.
1876 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001877 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001878 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001879 return QualType();
1880 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001881
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001882 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001883 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001884 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001885 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001886 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001887 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001888 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001889 if (HexSwizzle)
1890 CompSize--;
1891
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001892 if (CompSize == 1)
1893 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001894
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001895 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001896 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001897 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1898 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1899 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1900 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffddf5a1d2007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001901 }
1902 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001903}
1904
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001905static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001906 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001907 const Selector &Sel,
1908 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001909
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001910 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001911 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001912 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001913 return OMD;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001914
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001915 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1916 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001917 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001918 Context))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001919 return D;
1920 }
1921 return 0;
1922}
1923
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001924static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001925 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001926 const Selector &Sel,
1927 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001928 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1929 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001930 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001931 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001932 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001933 GDecl = PD;
1934 break;
1935 }
1936 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001937 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001938 GDecl = OMD;
1939 break;
1940 }
1941 }
1942 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001943 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001944 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1945 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001946 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001947 if (GDecl)
1948 return GDecl;
1949 }
1950 }
1951 return GDecl;
1952}
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001953
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001954Sema::OwningExprResult
1955Sema::ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg Base, bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1956 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1957 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
1958 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1959 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
1960 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
1961
1962 // Even in dependent contexts, try to diagnose base expressions with
1963 // obviously wrong types, e.g.:
1964 //
1965 // T* t;
1966 // t.f;
1967 //
1968 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
1969 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
1970 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
1971 if (!IsArrow) {
1972 const PointerType *PT = BaseExpr->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
1973 if (PT && (!getLangOptions().ObjC1 ||
1974 PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
1975 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
1976 << BaseExpr->getType() << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1977 return ExprError();
1978 }
1979 }
1980
1981 assert(BaseExpr->getType()->isDependentType());
1982
1983 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1984 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
1985 return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr,
1986 IsArrow, OpLoc,
1987 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()),
1988 SS.getRange(),
1989 FirstQualifierInScope,
1990 Name, NameLoc,
1991 TemplateArgs));
1992}
1993
1994/// We know that the given qualified member reference points only to
1995/// declarations which do not belong to the static type of the base
1996/// expression. Diagnose the problem.
1997static void DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(Sema &SemaRef,
1998 Expr *BaseExpr,
1999 QualType BaseType,
2000 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2001 SourceRange QualifierRange,
2002 const LookupResult &R) {
2003 DeclContext *DC = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getDeclContext();
2004
2005 // FIXME: this is an exceedingly lame diagnostic for some of the more
2006 // complicated cases here.
2007 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
2008 << QualifierRange << DC << BaseType;
2009}
2010
2011// Check whether the declarations we found through a nested-name
2012// specifier in a member expression are actually members of the base
2013// type. The restriction here is:
2014//
2015// C++ [expr.ref]p2:
2016// ... In these cases, the id-expression shall name a
2017// member of the class or of one of its base classes.
2018//
2019// So it's perfectly legitimate for the nested-name specifier to name
2020// an unrelated class, and for us to find an overload set including
2021// decls from classes which are not superclasses, as long as the decl
2022// we actually pick through overload resolution is from a superclass.
2023bool Sema::CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr,
2024 QualType BaseType,
2025 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2026 SourceRange QualifierRange,
2027 const LookupResult &R) {
2028 QualType BaseTypeCanon
2029 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType).getUnqualifiedType();
2030
2031 bool FoundValid = false;
2032
2033 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
2034 TypeDecl* TyD = cast<TypeDecl>((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getDeclContext());
2035 CanQualType MemberTypeCanon
2036 = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(TyD));
2037
2038 if (BaseTypeCanon == MemberTypeCanon ||
2039 IsDerivedFrom(BaseTypeCanon, MemberTypeCanon)) {
2040 FoundValid = true;
2041 break;
2042 }
2043 }
2044
2045 if (!FoundValid) {
2046 DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(*this, BaseExpr, BaseType,
2047 Qualifier, QualifierRange, R);
2048 return true;
2049 }
2050
2051 return false;
2052}
2053
2054Sema::OwningExprResult
2055Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg BaseArg,
2056 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
2057 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2058 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2059 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2060 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2061 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
2062
2063 if (Base->getType()->isDependentType())
2064 return ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base),
2065 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2066 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2067 Name, NameLoc,
2068 TemplateArgs);
2069
2070 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
2071 OwningExprResult Result =
2072 LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
2073 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2074 /*ObjCImpDecl*/ DeclPtrTy());
2075
2076 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
2077 Owned(Base);
2078 return ExprError();
2079 }
2080
2081 if (Result.get())
2082 return move(Result);
2083
2084 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), OpLoc,
2085 IsArrow, SS, R, TemplateArgs);
2086}
2087
2088Sema::OwningExprResult
2089Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2090 bool IsArrow, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2091 LookupResult &R,
2092 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2093 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
2094 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2095 if (IsArrow) {
2096 assert(BaseType->isPointerType());
2097 BaseType = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2098 }
2099
2100 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier =
2101 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep());
2102 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2103 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
2104
2105 if (R.isAmbiguous())
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002106 return ExprError();
2107
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002108 if (R.empty()) {
2109 // Rederive where we looked up.
2110 DeclContext *DC = (SS.isSet()
2111 ? computeDeclContext(SS, false)
2112 : BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002113
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002114 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
2115 << MemberName << DC << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2116 return ExprError();
2117 }
2118
2119 // We can't always diagnose the problem yet: it's permitted for
2120 // lookup to find things from an invalid context as long as they
2121 // don't get picked by overload resolution.
2122 if (SS.isSet() && CheckQualifiedMemberReference(BaseExpr, BaseType,
2123 Qualifier, SS.getRange(), R))
2124 return ExprError();
2125
2126 // Construct an unresolved result if we in fact got an unresolved
2127 // result.
2128 if (R.isOverloadedResult() || R.isUnresolvableResult()) {
2129 bool Dependent = R.isUnresolvableResult();
2130 Dependent = Dependent ||
2131 UnresolvedLookupExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(),
2132 TemplateArgs);
2133
2134 UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr
2135 = UnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, Dependent,
2136 R.isUnresolvableResult(),
2137 BaseExpr, IsArrow, OpLoc,
2138 Qualifier, SS.getRange(),
2139 MemberName, MemberLoc,
2140 TemplateArgs);
2141 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
2142 MemExpr->addDecl(*I);
2143
2144 return Owned(MemExpr);
2145 }
2146
2147 assert(R.isSingleResult());
2148 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
2149
2150 // FIXME: diagnose the presence of template arguments now.
2151
2152 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2153 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2154 // error cases.
2155 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2156 return ExprError();
2157
2158 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2159 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2160 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2161 // explicitly qualified.
2162 if (MD->isVirtual() && !SS.isSet())
2163 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2164 }
2165
2166 // Check the use of this member.
2167 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc)) {
2168 Owned(BaseExpr);
2169 return ExprError();
2170 }
2171
2172 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2173 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2174 // (C++ [class.union]).
2175 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
2176 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
2177 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
2178
2179 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
2180 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
2181 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
2182 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2183 else {
2184 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2185 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2186 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2187
2188 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2189 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2190
2191 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2192 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2193 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
2194 }
2195
2196 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
2197 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2198 return ExprError();
2199 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2200 FD, MemberLoc, MemberType));
2201 }
2202
2203 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2204 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, Var);
2205 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2206 Var, MemberLoc,
2207 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
2208 }
2209
2210 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2211 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2212 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2213 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2214 MemberFn->getType()));
2215 }
2216
2217 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2218 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2219 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2220 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
2221 }
2222
2223 Owned(BaseExpr);
2224
2225 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
2226 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2227 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2228
2229 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2230 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2231 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
2232 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2233 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2234 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2235}
2236
2237/// Look up the given member of the given non-type-dependent
2238/// expression. This can return in one of two ways:
2239/// * If it returns a sentinel null-but-valid result, the caller will
2240/// assume that lookup was performed and the results written into
2241/// the provided structure. It will take over from there.
2242/// * Otherwise, the returned expression will be produced in place of
2243/// an ordinary member expression.
2244///
2245/// The ObjCImpDecl bit is a gross hack that will need to be properly
2246/// fixed for ObjC++.
2247Sema::OwningExprResult
2248Sema::LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, Expr *&BaseExpr,
2249 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2250 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2251 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2252 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002253 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002254
Steve Naroffeaaae462007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002255 // Perform default conversions.
2256 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002257
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002258 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002259 assert(!BaseType->isDependentType());
2260
2261 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2262 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002263
2264 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function pointer
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002265 // type, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call that
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002266 // function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses, build the
2267 // call, and continue on.
2268 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2269 if (const FunctionProtoType *Fun
2270 = Ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
2271 QualType ResultTy = Fun->getResultType();
2272 if (Fun->getNumArgs() == 0 &&
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002273 ((!IsArrow && ResultTy->isRecordType()) ||
2274 (IsArrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() &&
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002275 ResultTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()
2276 ->isRecordType()))) {
2277 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2278 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_reference_needs_call)
2279 << QualType(Fun, 0)
2280 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2281
2282 OwningExprResult NewBase
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002283 = ActOnCallExpr(0, ExprArg(*this, BaseExpr), Loc,
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002284 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, Loc);
2285 if (NewBase.isInvalid())
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002286 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002287
2288 BaseExpr = NewBase.takeAs<Expr>();
2289 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
2290 BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2291 }
2292 }
2293 }
2294
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002295 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2296 // use that.
2297 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
2298 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2299 // is a reference to 'isa'.
2300 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
2301 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002302 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002303 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002304 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002305
Fariborz Jahanian04b258c2009-11-25 23:07:42 +00002306 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2307 // use that.
2308 if (Context.isObjCSelType(BaseType)) {
2309 // We have an 'SEL' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2310 // is a reference to 'sel_id'.
2311 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType) {
2312 BaseType = Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType;
2313 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
2314 }
2315 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002316
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002317 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002318
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002319 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002320 if (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002321 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2322 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2323 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
2324 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2325 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2326 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2327 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2328 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2329 // Check the use of this method.
2330 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2331 return ExprError();
2332 }
2333 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2334 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2335 Selector SetterSel =
2336 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2337 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
2338 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2339 if (!Setter) {
2340 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2341 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002342 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002343 }
2344 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2345 if (!Setter)
2346 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
2347
2348 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2349 return ExprError();
2350
2351 if (Getter || Setter) {
2352 QualType PType;
2353
2354 if (Getter)
2355 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2356 else
2357 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2358 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
2359 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2360 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
2361 PType,
2362 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2363 }
2364 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2365 << MemberName << BaseType);
2366 }
2367 }
2368
2369 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
2370 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
2371 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002372 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002373 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002374
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002375 if (IsArrow) {
2376 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002377 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002378 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2379 ;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002380 else {
2381 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2382 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2383 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002384 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002385 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002386
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002387 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access
2388 // to fields of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002389 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002390 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002391 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002392 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2393 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002394 return ExprError();
2395
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002396 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002397 if (SS.isSet()) {
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002398 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2399 // nested-name-specifier.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002400 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
Douglas Gregor0b3d95a2009-10-17 22:37:54 +00002401
2402 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) {
2403 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass)
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002404 << DC << SS.getRange();
Douglas Gregor0b3d95a2009-10-17 22:37:54 +00002405 return ExprError();
2406 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002407
2408 // FIXME: If DC is not computable, we should build a
John McCall8cd78132009-11-19 22:55:06 +00002409 // CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr.
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002410 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
2411 }
2412
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002413 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002414 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
2415 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002416 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002417
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002418 // Handle pseudo-destructors (C++ [expr.pseudo]). Since anything referring
2419 // into a record type was handled above, any destructor we see here is a
2420 // pseudo-destructor.
2421 if (MemberName.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2422 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002423 // The left hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
2424 // left hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002425 // type.
2426 if (!BaseType->isScalarType())
2427 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
2428 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002429
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002430 // [...] The type designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the
2431 // same as the object type.
2432 if (!MemberName.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() &&
2433 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(BaseType, MemberName.getCXXNameType()))
2434 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
2435 << BaseType << MemberName.getCXXNameType()
2436 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(MemberLoc));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002437
2438 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002439 // the form
2440 //
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002441 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ̃ type-name
2442 //
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002443 // shall designate the same scalar type.
2444 //
2445 // FIXME: DPG can't see any way to trigger this particular clause, so it
2446 // isn't checked here.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002447
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002448 // FIXME: We've lost the precise spelling of the type by going through
2449 // DeclarationName. Can we do better?
2450 return Owned(new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, BaseExpr,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002451 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2452 (NestedNameSpecifier *) SS.getScopeRep(),
2453 SS.getRange(),
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002454 MemberName.getCXXNameType(),
2455 MemberLoc));
2456 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002457
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002458 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2459 // (*Obj).ivar.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002460 if ((IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2461 (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002462 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002463 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002464 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002465 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002466 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2467
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002468 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2469 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002470 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002471
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002472 if (IV) {
2473 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2474 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2475 // error cases.
2476 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2477 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002478
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002479 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2480 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2481 return ExprError();
2482 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2483 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2484 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2485 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2486 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2487 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2488 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2489 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2490 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2491 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2492 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2493 // AST for a function decl.
2494 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002495 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002496 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2497 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2498 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2499 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2500 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2501 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002502
2503 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2504 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002505 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002506 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002507 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002508 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2509 // @protected
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002510 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002511 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffd1b64be2009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002512 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002513
2514 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2515 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002516 IsArrow));
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002517 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002518 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002519 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002520 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianb1378f92008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002521 }
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002522 }
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002523 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002524 if (!IsArrow && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
2525 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002526 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002527 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002528
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002529 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002530 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002531 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2532 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2533 // Check the use of this declaration
2534 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2535 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002536
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002537 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2538 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2539 }
2540 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2541 // Check the use of this method.
2542 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2543 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002544
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002545 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002546 OMD->getResultType(),
2547 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002548 NULL, 0));
2549 }
2550 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002551
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002552 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002553 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002554 }
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002555 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2556 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002557 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002558 if (!IsArrow && (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002559 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2560 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002561 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002562
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002563 // Search for a declared property first.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002564 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002565 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2566 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2567 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002568 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002569 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002570 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianfe9e3942009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002571 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2572 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002573 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002574 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2575 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002576 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002577 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2578 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002579 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002580 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2581 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2582 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002583
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002584 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002585 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2586 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002587 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2588 // selector is implemented.
2589
2590 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2591 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2592
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002593 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002594 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002595
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002596 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2597 if (!Getter)
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002598 Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002599
Steve Naroff1df62692008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002600 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002601 if (!Getter)
2602 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002603 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002604 // Check if we can reference this property.
2605 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2606 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002607 }
2608 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2609 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002610 Selector SetterSel =
2611 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002612 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002613 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002614 if (!Setter) {
2615 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2616 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002617 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002618 }
2619 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002620 if (!Setter)
2621 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002622
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002623 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2624 return ExprError();
2625
2626 if (Getter || Setter) {
2627 QualType PType;
2628
2629 if (Getter)
2630 PType = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian88cc2342009-08-18 20:50:23 +00002631 else
2632 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2633 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002634 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Fariborz Jahanian9a846652009-08-20 17:02:02 +00002635 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType,
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002636 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2637 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002638 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002639 << MemberName << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian21f54ee2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002640 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002641
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002642 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002643 if (!IsArrow &&
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002644 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002645 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002646 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
2647 Context.getObjCIdType()));
2648
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002649 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner6c7ce102009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002650 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002651 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002652 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2653 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002654 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002655 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002656 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002657 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002658
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002659 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2660 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2661
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002662 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002663}
2664
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002665static Sema::OwningExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(Sema &SemaRef,
2666 SourceLocation NameLoc,
2667 Sema::ExprArg MemExpr) {
2668 Expr *E = (Expr *) MemExpr.get();
2669 SourceLocation ExpectedLParenLoc = SemaRef.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NameLoc);
2670 SemaRef.Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call)
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002671 << isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(E)
2672 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ExpectedLParenLoc, "()");
2673
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002674 return SemaRef.ActOnCallExpr(/*Scope*/ 0,
2675 move(MemExpr),
2676 /*LPLoc*/ ExpectedLParenLoc,
2677 Sema::MultiExprArg(SemaRef, 0, 0),
2678 /*CommaLocs*/ 0,
2679 /*RPLoc*/ ExpectedLParenLoc);
2680}
2681
2682/// The main callback when the parser finds something like
2683/// expression . [nested-name-specifier] identifier
2684/// expression -> [nested-name-specifier] identifier
2685/// where 'identifier' encompasses a fairly broad spectrum of
2686/// possibilities, including destructor and operator references.
2687///
2688/// \param OpKind either tok::arrow or tok::period
2689/// \param HasTrailingLParen whether the next token is '(', which
2690/// is used to diagnose mis-uses of special members that can
2691/// only be called
2692/// \param ObjCImpDecl the current ObjC @implementation decl;
2693/// this is an ugly hack around the fact that ObjC @implementations
2694/// aren't properly put in the context chain
2695Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseArg,
2696 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2697 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
2698 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2699 UnqualifiedId &Id,
2700 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl,
2701 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
2702 if (SS.isSet() && SS.isInvalid())
2703 return ExprError();
2704
2705 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
2706
2707 // Decompose the name into its component parts.
2708 DeclarationName Name;
2709 SourceLocation NameLoc;
2710 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
2711 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
2712 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
2713
2714 bool IsArrow = (OpKind == tok::arrow);
2715
2716 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope
2717 = (!SS.isSet() ? 0 : FindFirstQualifierInScope(S,
2718 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep())));
2719
2720 // This is a postfix expression, so get rid of ParenListExprs.
2721 BaseArg = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(BaseArg));
2722
2723 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
2724 OwningExprResult Result(*this);
2725 if (Base->getType()->isDependentType()) {
2726 Result = ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base),
2727 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2728 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2729 Name, NameLoc,
2730 TemplateArgs);
2731 } else {
2732 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
2733 if (TemplateArgs) {
2734 // Re-use the lookup done for the template name.
2735 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
2736 } else {
2737 Result = LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
2738 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2739 ObjCImpDecl);
2740
2741 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
2742 Owned(Base);
2743 return ExprError();
2744 }
2745
2746 if (Result.get()) {
2747 // The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to
2748 // immediately call it, which falls into this case. If the
2749 // next token is not a '(', produce a diagnostic and build the
2750 // call now.
2751 if (!HasTrailingLParen &&
2752 Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName)
2753 return DiagnoseDtorReference(*this, NameLoc, move(Result));
2754
2755 return move(Result);
2756 }
2757 }
2758
2759 Result = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), OpLoc,
2760 IsArrow, SS, R, TemplateArgs);
2761 }
2762
2763 return move(Result);
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002764}
2765
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002766Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
2767 FunctionDecl *FD,
2768 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
2769 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2770 Diag (CallLoc,
2771 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2772 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002773 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002774 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
2775 } else {
2776 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
2777 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
2778
2779 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002780 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD);
Anders Carlsson657bad42009-09-05 05:14:19 +00002781
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002782 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
2783 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002784 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002785
John McCall76d824f2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00002786 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002787 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002788 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002789
2790 if (SetParamDefaultArgument(Param, move(Result),
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002791 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/
2792 UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin()))
2793 return ExprError();
2794 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002795
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002796 Expr *DefaultExpr = Param->getDefaultArg();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002797
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002798 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2799 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2800 // be properly destroyed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002801 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002802 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002803 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002804 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2805 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2806 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2807 }
2808 }
2809
2810 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
2811 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, Param));
2812}
2813
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002814/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2815/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2816/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2817/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2818/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2819/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002820bool
2821Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002822 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002823 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002824 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2825 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002826 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002827 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2828 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002829 bool Invalid = false;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002830
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002831 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2832 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2833 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2834 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2835 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2836 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002837 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002838 }
2839
2840 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2841 // them.
2842 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2843 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2844 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2845 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2846 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2847 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2848 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2849 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002850 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002851 return true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002852 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002853 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002854 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs;
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00002855 VariadicCallType CallType =
2856 Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction : VariadicDoesNotApply;
2857 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2858 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2859 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2860 CallType = VariadicMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002861 Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(), FDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian4fa66ce2009-11-24 21:37:28 +00002862 Proto, 0, Args, NumArgs, AllArgs, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002863 if (Invalid)
2864 return true;
2865 unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size();
2866 for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i)
2867 Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]);
2868
2869 return false;
2870}
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002871
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002872bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
2873 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
2874 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2875 unsigned FirstProtoArg,
2876 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2877 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00002878 VariadicCallType CallType) {
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002879 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2880 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
2881 bool Invalid = false;
2882 if (NumArgs != NumArgsInProto)
2883 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2884 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2885 unsigned ArgIx = 0;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002886 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002887 for (unsigned i = FirstProtoArg; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002888 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002889
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002890 Expr *Arg;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002891 if (ArgIx < NumArgs) {
2892 Arg = Args[ArgIx++];
2893
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002894 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2895 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002896 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002897 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002898 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002899
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002900 // Pass the argument.
2901 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2902 return true;
Anders Carlsson78cfaa92009-11-13 04:34:45 +00002903
Anders Carlsson97df0b42009-11-13 17:04:35 +00002904 if (!ProtoArgType->isReferenceType())
2905 Arg = MaybeBindToTemporary(Arg).takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002906 } else {
Anders Carlssonc80a1272009-08-25 02:29:20 +00002907 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002908
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002909 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002910 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param);
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002911 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
2912 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002913
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002914 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002915 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002916 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002917 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002918
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002919 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00002920 if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002921 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002922 for (unsigned i = ArgIx; i < NumArgs; i++) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002923 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002924 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002925 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002926 }
2927 }
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002928 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002929}
2930
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002931/// \brief "Deconstruct" the function argument of a call expression to find
2932/// the underlying declaration (if any), the name of the called function,
2933/// whether argument-dependent lookup is available, whether it has explicit
2934/// template arguments, etc.
2935void Sema::DeconstructCallFunction(Expr *FnExpr,
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002936 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl*> &Fns,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002937 DeclarationName &Name,
2938 NestedNameSpecifier *&Qualifier,
2939 SourceRange &QualifierRange,
2940 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup,
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002941 bool &Overloaded,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002942 bool &HasExplicitTemplateArguments,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002943 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs) {
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002944 // Set defaults for all of the output parameters.
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002945 Name = DeclarationName();
2946 Qualifier = 0;
2947 QualifierRange = SourceRange();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00002948 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002949 Overloaded = false;
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002950 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = false;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002951
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002952 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
2953 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
2954 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
2955 while (true) {
2956 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2957 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2958 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002959 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2960 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
2961 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
2962 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2963 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002964 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002965 Fns.push_back(cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl()));
2966 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2967 if ((Qualifier = DRExpr->getQualifier()))
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00002968 QualifierRange = DRExpr->getQualifierRange();
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002969 break;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002970 } else if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *UnresLookup
2971 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2972 Name = UnresLookup->getName();
2973 Fns.append(UnresLookup->decls_begin(), UnresLookup->decls_end());
2974 ArgumentDependentLookup = UnresLookup->requiresADL();
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002975 Overloaded = UnresLookup->isOverloaded();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002976 if ((Qualifier = UnresLookup->getQualifier()))
2977 QualifierRange = UnresLookup->getQualifierRange();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00002978 if (UnresLookup->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
2979 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = true;
2980 UnresLookup->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(ExplicitTemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002981 }
2982 break;
2983 } else {
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002984 break;
2985 }
2986 }
2987}
2988
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002989/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002990/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2991/// locations.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002992Action::OwningExprResult
2993Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2994 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002995 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002996 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002997
2998 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2999 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003000
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00003001 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003002 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner38dbdb22007-07-21 03:03:59 +00003003 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003004
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003005 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003006 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
3007 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
3008 if (NumArgs > 0) {
3009 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
3010 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
3011 << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval(
3012 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
3013 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003014
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003015 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
3016 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003017
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003018 NumArgs = 0;
3019 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003020
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003021 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
3022 RParenLoc));
3023 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003024
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003025 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003026 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003027 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
3028 // Fn.
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003029 bool Dependent = false;
3030 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
3031 Dependent = true;
3032 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
3033 Dependent = true;
3034
3035 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003036 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003037 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
3038
3039 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
3040 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
3041 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3042 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
3043
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003044 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
3045
3046 // Determine whether this is a call to an unresolved member function.
3047 if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3048 // If lookup was unresolved but not dependent (i.e. didn't find
3049 // an unresolved using declaration), it has to be an overloaded
3050 // function set, which means it must contain either multiple
3051 // declarations (all methods or method templates) or a single
3052 // method template.
3053 assert((MemE->getNumDecls() > 1) ||
3054 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*MemE->decls_begin()));
Douglas Gregor8f184a32009-12-01 03:34:29 +00003055 (void)MemE;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003056
3057 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3058 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
3059 }
3060
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003061 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003062 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003063 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003064 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003065 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3066 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003067 }
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003068
3069 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003070 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NakedFn)) {
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003071 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
3072 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003073 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
3074 dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) {
3075 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003076
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003077 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
3078 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
3079 NumArgs, ResultTy,
3080 RParenLoc));
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003081
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003082 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
3083 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3084 TheCall.get(), 0))
3085 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson63dce022009-10-15 00:41:48 +00003086
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003087 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
3088 RParenLoc))
3089 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003090
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003091 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
3092 }
3093 return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
3094 diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3095 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003096 }
3097 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003098 }
3099
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003100 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003101 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00003102 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003103 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*,8> Fns;
3104 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00003105 bool Overloaded;
3106 bool ADL;
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00003107 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003108 TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitTemplateArgs;
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003109 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
3110 SourceRange QualifierRange;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003111 DeconstructCallFunction(Fn, Fns, UnqualifiedName, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00003112 ADL, Overloaded, HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003113 ExplicitTemplateArgs);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003114
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00003115 NamedDecl *NDecl; // the specific declaration we're calling, if applicable
3116 FunctionDecl *FDecl; // same, if it's known to be a function
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003117
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00003118 if (Overloaded || ADL) {
3119#ifndef NDEBUG
3120 if (ADL) {
3121 // To do ADL, we must have found an unqualified name.
3122 assert(UnqualifiedName && "found no unqualified name for ADL");
3123
3124 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
3125 // Verify that this was correctly set up.
3126 if (Fns.size() == 1 && (FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Fns[0])) &&
3127 FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
3128 assert(0 && "performing ADL for builtin");
3129
3130 // We don't perform ADL in C.
3131 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "ADL enabled in C");
3132 }
3133
3134 if (Overloaded) {
3135 // To be overloaded, we must either have multiple functions or
3136 // at least one function template (which is effectively an
3137 // infinite set of functions).
3138 assert((Fns.size() > 1 ||
3139 (Fns.size() == 1 &&
3140 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Fns[0]->getUnderlyingDecl())))
3141 && "unrecognized overload situation");
3142 }
3143#endif
3144
3145 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, Fns, UnqualifiedName,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003146 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &ExplicitTemplateArgs : 0),
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00003147 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs,
3148 RParenLoc, ADL);
3149 if (!FDecl)
3150 return ExprError();
3151
3152 Fn = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, FDecl);
3153
3154 NDecl = FDecl;
3155 } else {
3156 assert(Fns.size() <= 1 && "overloaded without Overloaded flag");
3157 if (Fns.empty())
3158 NDecl = FDecl = 0;
3159 else {
3160 NDecl = Fns[0];
Douglas Gregora727cb92009-06-30 22:34:41 +00003161 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003162 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003163 }
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003164
3165 // Promote the function operand.
3166 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
3167
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003168 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
3169 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003170 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
3171 Args, NumArgs,
3172 Context.BoolTy,
3173 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003174
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003175 const FunctionType *FuncT;
3176 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
3177 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
3178 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003179 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003180 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003181 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3182 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003183 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003184 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003185 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003186 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003187 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003188 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003189 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3190 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
3191
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003192 // Check for a valid return type
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00003193 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
3194 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
3195 FDecl))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003196 return ExprError();
3197
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003198 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +00003199 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003200
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003201 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003202 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003203 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003204 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003205 } else {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003206 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003207
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003208 if (FDecl) {
3209 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
3210 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
3211 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisddcd1322009-06-30 02:35:26 +00003212 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003213 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003214 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003215 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
3216 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
3217 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
3218 }
3219 }
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003220 }
3221
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003222 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003223 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
3224 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
3225 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003226 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3227 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003228 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
3229 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003230 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003231 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003232 }
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00003233 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003234
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003235 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
3236 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003237 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
3238 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003239
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +00003240 // Check for sentinels
3241 if (NDecl)
3242 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003243
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003244 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003245 if (FDecl) {
3246 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
3247 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003248
Douglas Gregor15fc9562009-09-12 00:22:50 +00003249 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003250 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
3251 } else if (NDecl) {
3252 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
3253 return ExprError();
3254 }
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003255
Anders Carlssonf8984012009-08-16 03:06:32 +00003256 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003257}
3258
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003259Action::OwningExprResult
3260Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3261 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003262 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003263 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3264 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Steve Naroff57eb2c52007-07-19 21:32:11 +00003265 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003266 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003267 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson2c1ec6d2007-12-05 07:24:19 +00003268
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003269 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003270 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003271 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
3272 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor1c37d9e2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00003273 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
3274 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003275 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003276 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003277 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003278 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003279
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003280 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003281 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003282 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003283
Chris Lattner79413952008-12-04 23:50:19 +00003284 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003285 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003286 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003287 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003288 }
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003289 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003290 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003291 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003292}
3293
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003294Action::OwningExprResult
3295Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003296 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3297 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3298 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson4692db02007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003299
Steve Naroff30d242c2007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003300 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003301 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003302
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003303 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor347f7ea2009-01-28 21:54:33 +00003304 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003305 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003306 return Owned(E);
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003307}
3308
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003309static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context,
3310 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003311 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003312 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
3313
3314 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
3315 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3316 return CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
3317 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3318 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral;
3319 }
3320
3321 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) {
3322 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3323 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast;
3324 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3325 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer;
3326 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3327 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating;
3328 }
3329
3330 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
3331 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3332 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast;
3333 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3334 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral;
3335 }
3336
3337 // FIXME: Assert here.
3338 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!");
3339 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3340}
3341
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003342/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redl955a0672009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003343bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003344 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003345 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl,
3346 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003347 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003348 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle,
3349 ConversionDecl);
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003350
Eli Friedmanda8d4de2009-08-15 19:02:19 +00003351 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003352
3353 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3354 // type needs to be scalar.
3355 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3356 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonef918ac2009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003357 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
3358 return false;
3359 }
3360
3361 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003362 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(castType, castExpr->getType()) &&
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003363 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3364 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003365 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003366 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3367 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003368 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003369 return false;
3370 }
3371
3372 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003373 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003374 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003375 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003376 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003377 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003378 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Field->getType(),
3379 castExpr->getType())) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003380 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3381 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3382 break;
3383 }
3384 }
3385 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3386 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3387 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003388 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003389 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003390 }
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003391
3392 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3393 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3394 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3395 }
3396
3397 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
3398 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003399 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3400 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003401 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003402 }
3403
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003404 if (castType->isExtVectorType())
3405 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
3406
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003407 if (castType->isVectorType())
3408 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3409 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3410 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3411
3412 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr))
Steve Naroffb47acdb2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003413 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003414
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003415 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3416 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
3417
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003418 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanf4e3ad62009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003419 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3420 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3421 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3422 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3423 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3424 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3425 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3426 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3427 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3428 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003429 }
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003430
3431 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003432 return false;
3433}
3434
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003435bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
3436 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003437 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003438
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003439 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003440 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003441 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003442 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003443 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003444 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003445 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003446 } else
3447 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003448 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003449 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003450
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003451 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003452 return false;
3453}
3454
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003455bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
3456 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003457 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003458
3459 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
3460
Nate Begemanc8961a42009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003461 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3462 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003463 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3464 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3465 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3466 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003467 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003468 return false;
3469 }
3470
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003471 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003472 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3473 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003474 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3475 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3476 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3477 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003478
3479 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
3480 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy,
3481 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy));
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003482
3483 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003484 return false;
3485}
3486
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003487Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003488Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003489 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003490 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003491
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003492 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3493 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff1a2cf6b2007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003494
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003495 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003496 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3497 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003498
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003499 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
3500 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
3501 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),castType);
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003502 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003503 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003504 Kind, Method))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003505 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003506
3507 if (Method) {
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003508 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, castType, Kind,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003509 Method, move(Op));
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003510
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003511 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3512 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003513
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003514 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3515 } else {
3516 Op.release();
Fariborz Jahanian3df87672009-08-29 19:15:16 +00003517 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003518
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003519 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003520 Kind, castExpr, castType,
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003521 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003522}
3523
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003524/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
3525/// of comma binary operators.
3526Action::OwningExprResult
3527Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
3528 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
3529 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
3530 if (!E)
3531 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003532
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003533 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003534
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003535 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3536 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3537 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003538
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003539 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
3540}
3541
3542Action::OwningExprResult
3543Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3544 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
3545 QualType Ty) {
3546 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003547
3548 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003549 // then handle it as such.
3550 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
3551 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
3552 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
3553 return ExprError();
3554 }
3555
3556 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
3557 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
3558 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
3559
3560 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
3561 // braces instead of the original commas.
3562 Op.release();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003563 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003564 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
3565 E->setType(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003566 return ActOnCompoundLiteral(LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003567 Owned(E));
3568 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003569 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003570 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
3571 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
3572 return ActOnCastExpr(S, LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,move(Op));
3573 }
3574}
3575
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00003576Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenOrParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003577 SourceLocation R,
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00003578 MultiExprArg Val,
3579 TypeTy *TypeOfCast) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003580 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
3581 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00003582 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenOrParenListExpr() missing expr list");
3583 Expr *expr;
3584 if (nexprs == 1 && TypeOfCast && !TypeIsVectorType(TypeOfCast))
3585 expr = new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, exprs[0]);
3586 else
3587 expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003588 return Owned(expr);
3589}
3590
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003591/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3592/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner2c486602009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003593/// C99 6.5.15
3594QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3595 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003596 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3597 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3598 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3599
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00003600 CheckSignCompare(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_conditional);
3601
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003602 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3603 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3604 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3605 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3606 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3607 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003608
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003609 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003610 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3611 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3612 << CondTy;
3613 return QualType();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003614 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003615
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003616 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003617 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
3618 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003619
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003620 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3621 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003622 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3623 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3624 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003625 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003626
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003627 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3628 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003629 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3630 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003631 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003632 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003633 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003634 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003635 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003636 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003637
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003638 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003639 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003640 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3641 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3642 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3643 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3644 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3645 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3646 << LHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003647 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
3648 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
Eli Friedman3e1852f2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003649 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003650 }
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003651 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3652 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003653 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003654 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003655 // promote the null to a pointer.
3656 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003657 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003658 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003659 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003660 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003661 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003662 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003663 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003664 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
3665 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
3666 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
3667 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3668 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003669 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003670 return LHSTy;
3671 }
3672 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3673 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003674 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003675 return RHSTy;
3676 }
3677 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
3678 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3679 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003680 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003681 return LHSTy;
3682 }
3683 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3684 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003685 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003686 return RHSTy;
3687 }
Fariborz Jahanian04b258c2009-11-25 23:07:42 +00003688 // And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL
3689 if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) &&
3690 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
3691 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3692 return LHSTy;
3693 }
3694 if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) &&
3695 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
3696 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3697 return RHSTy;
3698 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003699 // Handle block pointer types.
3700 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3701 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3702 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3703 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003704 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3705 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003706 return destType;
3707 }
3708 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3709 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3710 return QualType();
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003711 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003712 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3713 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3714 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003715 return LHSTy;
3716 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003717 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003718 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3719 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003720
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003721 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3722 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003723 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3724 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3725 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3726 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3727 // to get a consistent AST.
3728 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003729 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3730 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003731 return incompatTy;
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003732 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003733 // The block pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003734 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3735 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroffea4c7802009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003736 return LHSTy;
3737 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003738 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003739 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003740
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003741 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3742 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
3743 return LHSTy;
3744 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003745 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
3746 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003747 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003748
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003749 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3750 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3751 // type. This allows
3752 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3753 // where B is a subclass of A.
3754 //
3755 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3756 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3757 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3758 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
3759
3760 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3761 // It could return the composite type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003762 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana83c0162009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003763 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003764 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana83c0162009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003765 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003766 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003767 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003768 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003769 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003770 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3771 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3772 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
3773 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3774 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003775 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00003776 } else if (!(compositeType =
3777 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
3778 ;
3779 else {
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003780 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3781 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3782 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3783 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003784 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3785 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003786 return incompatTy;
3787 }
3788 // The object pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003789 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3790 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003791 return compositeType;
3792 }
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003793 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
3794 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003795 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003796 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003797 QualType destPointee
3798 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003799 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003800 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3801 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3802 // Promote to void*.
3803 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003804 return destType;
3805 }
3806 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003807 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003808 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003809 QualType destPointee
3810 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003811 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003812 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3813 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3814 // Promote to void*.
3815 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003816 return destType;
3817 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003818 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3819 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3820 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003821 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3822 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003823
3824 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3825 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3826 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003827 QualType destPointee
3828 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003829 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003830 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3831 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3832 // Promote to void*.
3833 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003834 return destType;
3835 }
3836 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003837 QualType destPointee
3838 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003839 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003840 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00003841 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003842 // Promote to void*.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00003843 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003844 return destType;
3845 }
3846
3847 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3848 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3849 return LHSTy;
3850 }
3851 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3852 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3853 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3854 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3855 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3856 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3857 // to get a consistent AST.
3858 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003859 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3860 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003861 return incompatTy;
3862 }
3863 // The pointer types are compatible.
3864 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3865 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3866 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3867 // type.
3868 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3869 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003870 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3871 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003872 return LHSTy;
3873 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003874
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003875 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3876 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3877 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3878 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003879 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003880 return RHSTy;
3881 }
3882 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3883 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3884 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003885 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003886 return LHSTy;
3887 }
Daniel Dunbar484603b2008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003888
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003889 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003890 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3891 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003892 return QualType();
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00003893}
3894
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003895/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003896/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003897Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3898 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3899 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3900 ExprArg RHS) {
3901 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3902 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003903
3904 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3905 // was the condition.
3906 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3907 if (isLHSNull)
3908 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003909
3910 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattnerdaaa9f22007-07-16 21:39:03 +00003911 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00003912 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003913 return ExprError();
3914
3915 Cond.release();
3916 LHS.release();
3917 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003918 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003919 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003920 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003921}
3922
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003923// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003924// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003925// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3926// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3927// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003928Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003929Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003930 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003931
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003932 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3933 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3934 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3935 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3936 return Compatible;
3937 }
3938
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003939 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003940 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3941 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003942
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003943 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003944 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3945 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003946
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003947 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003948
3949 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3950 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3951 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianece85822009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003952 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003953 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003954 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003955
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003956 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3957 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003958 // version of void...
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003959 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003960 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003961 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003962
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003963 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003964 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3965 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003966 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003967
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003968 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003969 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003970 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003971
3972 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003973 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3974 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003975 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003976 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003977 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003978 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3979 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3980 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3981 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3982 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3983 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003984 if (lhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003985 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003986 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003987 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003988
3989 if (rhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003990 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003991 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003992 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003993
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003994 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3995 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3996 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3997 // warning can be disabled.
3998 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3999 return ConvTy;
4000 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
4001 }
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004002
4003 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
4004 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
4005 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
4006 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
4007 if (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()) {
4008 do {
4009 lhptee = lhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4010 rhptee = rhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4011
4012 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4013 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4014 } while (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType());
4015
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004016 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee))
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00004017 return IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004018 }
4019
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004020 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004021 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004022 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004023 return ConvTy;
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004024}
4025
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004026/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
4027/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
4028/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
4029// types.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004030Sema::AssignConvertType
4031Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004032 QualType rhsType) {
4033 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004034
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004035 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004036 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4037 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004038
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004039 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4040 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4041 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004042
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004043 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004044
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004045 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004046 if (lhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers())
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004047 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004048
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004049 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004050 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004051 return ConvTy;
4052}
4053
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004054/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
4055/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00004056/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
4057///
4058/// int a, *pint;
4059/// short *pshort;
4060/// struct foo *pfoo;
4061///
4062/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4063/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
4064/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
4065/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4066///
4067/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004068/// C99 spec dictates.
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00004069///
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004070Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004071Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004072 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
4073 // them.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004074 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
4075 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004076
4077 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerf5c973d2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00004078 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff44fd8ff2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00004079
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004080 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4081 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4082 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4083 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4084 return Compatible;
4085 }
4086
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004087 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
4088 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
4089 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
4090 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
4091 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
4092 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
4093 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004094 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004095 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson24ebce62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00004096 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004097 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahaniana1e34202007-12-19 17:45:58 +00004098 }
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004099 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
4100 // to the same ExtVector type.
4101 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4102 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
4103 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
4104 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
4105 return Compatible;
4106 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004107
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004108 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004109 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004110 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004111 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004112 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
4113 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004114 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004115 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004116 }
4117 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004118 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004119
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004120 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004121 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004122
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004123 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004124 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004125 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004126
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004127 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004128 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004129
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004130 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004131 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004132 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4133 return Compatible;
4134 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004135 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004136 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
4137 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004138 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004139
4140 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004141 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004142 return Compatible;
4143 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004144 return Incompatible;
4145 }
4146
4147 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4148 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedman8163b7a2009-02-25 04:20:42 +00004149 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004150
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004151 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004152 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004153 return Compatible;
4154
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004155 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4156 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004157
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004158 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004159 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004160 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004161 }
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004162 return Incompatible;
4163 }
4164
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004165 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4166 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
4167 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004168
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004169 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004170 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004171 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4172 return Compatible;
4173 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004174 }
4175 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004176 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
4177 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004178 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
4179 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004180 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
4181 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004182 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004183 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004184 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004185 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
4186 return Compatible;
4187 }
4188 // Treat block pointers as objects.
4189 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4190 return Compatible;
4191 return Incompatible;
4192 }
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004193 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004194 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004195 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4196 return Compatible;
4197
4198 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004199 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004200
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004201 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004202 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004203
4204 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004205 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004206 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004207 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004208 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004209 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
4210 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
4211 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4212 return Compatible;
4213
4214 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
4215 return PointerToInt;
4216
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004217 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004218 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004219 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4220 return Compatible;
4221 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004222 }
4223 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004224 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004225 return Compatible;
4226 return Incompatible;
4227 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004228
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004229 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004230 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004231 return Compatible;
Bill Wendling216423b2007-05-30 06:30:29 +00004232 }
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004233 return Incompatible;
Steve Naroff9eb24652007-05-02 21:58:15 +00004234}
4235
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004236/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
4237/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004238static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004239 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
4240 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
4241 // of the transparent union.
4242 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
4243 &E, 1,
4244 SourceLocation());
4245 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
4246 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
4247
4248 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
4249 // union type from this initializer list.
4250 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
4251 false);
4252}
4253
4254Sema::AssignConvertType
4255Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
4256 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
4257
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004258 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004259 // transparent_union GCC extension.
4260 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004261 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004262 return Incompatible;
4263
4264 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
4265 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
4266 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
4267 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004268 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
4269 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004270 it != itend; ++it) {
4271 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
4272 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
4273 // 1) void pointer
4274 // 2) null pointer constant
4275 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004276 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004277 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004278 InitField = *it;
4279 break;
4280 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004281
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004282 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4283 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004284 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004285 InitField = *it;
4286 break;
4287 }
4288 }
4289
4290 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
4291 == Compatible) {
4292 InitField = *it;
4293 break;
4294 }
4295 }
4296
4297 if (!InitField)
4298 return Incompatible;
4299
4300 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
4301 return Compatible;
4302}
4303
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004304Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004305Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004306 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4307 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
4308 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
4309 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
4310 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00004311 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
4312 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004313 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner0d5640c2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004314 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004315 }
4316
4317 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4318 // structures.
4319 }
4320
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004321 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4322 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004323 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4324 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004325 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004326 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4327 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004328 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004329 return Compatible;
4330 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004331
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004332 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004333 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +00004334 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004335 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004336 //
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004337 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004338 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
4339 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004340
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004341 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4342 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004343
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004344 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4345 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004346 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4347 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4348 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4349 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004350 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004351 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(),
4352 CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004353 return result;
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004354}
4355
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004356QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004357 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004358 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004359 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004360 return QualType();
Steve Naroff6f49f5d2007-05-29 14:23:36 +00004361}
4362
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004363inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004364 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004365 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004366 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004367 QualType lhsType =
4368 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4369 QualType rhsType =
4370 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004371
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004372 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004373 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004374 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004375
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004376 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4377 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004378 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4379 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004380 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4381 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004382 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004383 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004384 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004385 }
4386 }
4387 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004388
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004389 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4390 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4391 bool swapped = false;
4392 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4393 swapped = true;
4394 std::swap(rex, lex);
4395 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4396 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004397
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004398 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004399 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004400 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4401 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4402 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004403 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004404 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4405 return lhsType;
4406 }
4407 }
4408 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4409 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4410 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004411 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004412 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4413 return lhsType;
4414 }
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004415 }
4416 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004417
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004418 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004419 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004420 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004421 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004422 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004423}
4424
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004425inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004426 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar060d5e22009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004427 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004428 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004429
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004430 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004431
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004432 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004433 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004434 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004435}
4436
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004437inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004438 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar0d2bfec2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004439 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4440 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4441 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4442 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4443 }
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004444
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004445 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004446
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004447 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004448 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004449 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004450}
4451
4452inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004453 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004454 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4455 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4456 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4457 return compType;
4458 }
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004459
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004460 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004461
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004462 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004463 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
4464 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
4465 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004466 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004467 }
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004468
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004469 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
4470 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004471 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004472 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
4473
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004474 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004475
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004476 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004477 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004478
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004479 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
4480 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004481 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4482 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004483 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004484 return QualType();
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004485 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004486
4487 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4488 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4489 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004490 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004491 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4492 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4493 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
4494 return QualType();
4495 }
4496
4497 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4498 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4499 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004500 } else {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004501 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004502 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004503 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004504 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
4505 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004506 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
4507 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004508 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004509 return QualType();
4510 }
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004511 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4512 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4513 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4514 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
4515 return QualType();
4516 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004517
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004518 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004519 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4520 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4521 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4522 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4523 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004524 }
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004525 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
4526 }
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004527 return PExp->getType();
4528 }
4529 }
4530
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004531 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004532}
4533
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004534// C99 6.5.6
4535QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004536 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
4537 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4538 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4539 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4540 return compType;
4541 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004542
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004543 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004544
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004545 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004546
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004547 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004548 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
4549 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004550 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004551 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004552 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004553
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004554 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004555 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4eed7a12009-07-13 17:19:15 +00004556 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004557
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004558 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004559
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004560 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
4561 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
4562 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
4563 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4564 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4565 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4566 return QualType();
4567 }
4568
4569 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4570 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4571 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4572 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4573 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004574 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004575 return QualType();
4576 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004577
4578 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4579 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
4580 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004581 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004582 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004583 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004584 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004585 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004586
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004587 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4588 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4589 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4590 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
4591 return QualType();
4592 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004593
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004594 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004595 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
4596 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4597 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4598 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4599 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4600 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004601 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004602 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
4603
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004604 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004605 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004606 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004607
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004608 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004609 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman1974e532008-02-08 01:19:44 +00004610 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004611
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004612 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
4613 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
4614 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
4615 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4616 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4617 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4618 return QualType();
4619 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004620
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004621 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4622 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4623 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4624 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004625 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004626 return QualType();
4627 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004628
4629 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4630 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
4631 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4632 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4633 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004634 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
4635 << rex->getSourceRange()
4636 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004637 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004638
Eli Friedman168fe152009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004639 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4640 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4641 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4642 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4643 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4644 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4645 return QualType();
4646 }
4647 } else {
4648 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4649 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4650 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4651 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4652 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4653 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4654 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4655 return QualType();
4656 }
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004657 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004658
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004659 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4660 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4661 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4662 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4663 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004664 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004665 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004666
4667 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004668 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4669 }
4670 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004671
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004672 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004673}
4674
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004675// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004676QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004677 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004678 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4679 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004680 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004681
Nate Begemane46ee9a2009-10-25 02:26:48 +00004682 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
4683 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
4684 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4685
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004686 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4687 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004688 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4689 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4690 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4691 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4692 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004693 }
Chris Lattner3c133402007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004694 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004695 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004696
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004697 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004698
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004699 // Sanity-check shift operands
4700 llvm::APSInt Right;
4701 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar687fa862009-09-17 06:31:27 +00004702 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
4703 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn2f085712009-08-08 19:18:23 +00004704 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004705 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
4706 else {
4707 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
4708 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
4709 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
4710 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
4711 }
4712 }
4713
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004714 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004715 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004716}
4717
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004718/// \brief Implements -Wsign-compare.
4719///
4720/// \param lex the left-hand expression
4721/// \param rex the right-hand expression
4722/// \param OpLoc the location of the joining operator
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004723/// \param Equality whether this is an "equality-like" join, which
4724/// suppresses the warning in some cases
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004725void Sema::CheckSignCompare(Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004726 const PartialDiagnostic &PD, bool Equality) {
John McCalle2c91e62009-11-06 18:16:06 +00004727 // Don't warn if we're in an unevaluated context.
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00004728 if (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Unevaluated)
John McCalle2c91e62009-11-06 18:16:06 +00004729 return;
4730
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004731 QualType lt = lex->getType(), rt = rex->getType();
4732
4733 // Only warn if both operands are integral.
4734 if (!lt->isIntegerType() || !rt->isIntegerType())
4735 return;
4736
Sebastian Redl0b7c85f2009-11-05 21:09:23 +00004737 // If either expression is value-dependent, don't warn. We'll get another
4738 // chance at instantiation time.
4739 if (lex->isValueDependent() || rex->isValueDependent())
4740 return;
4741
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004742 // The rule is that the signed operand becomes unsigned, so isolate the
4743 // signed operand.
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004744 Expr *signedOperand, *unsignedOperand;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004745 if (lt->isSignedIntegerType()) {
4746 if (rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return;
4747 signedOperand = lex;
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004748 unsignedOperand = rex;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004749 } else {
4750 if (!rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return;
4751 signedOperand = rex;
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004752 unsignedOperand = lex;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004753 }
4754
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004755 // If the unsigned type is strictly smaller than the signed type,
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004756 // then (1) the result type will be signed and (2) the unsigned
4757 // value will fit fully within the signed type, and thus the result
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004758 // of the comparison will be exact.
4759 if (Context.getIntWidth(signedOperand->getType()) >
4760 Context.getIntWidth(unsignedOperand->getType()))
4761 return;
4762
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004763 // If the value is a non-negative integer constant, then the
4764 // signed->unsigned conversion won't change it.
4765 llvm::APSInt value;
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004766 if (signedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) {
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004767 assert(value.isSigned() && "result of signed expression not signed");
4768
4769 if (value.isNonNegative())
4770 return;
4771 }
4772
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004773 if (Equality) {
4774 // For (in)equality comparisons, if the unsigned operand is a
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004775 // constant which cannot collide with a overflowed signed operand,
4776 // then reinterpreting the signed operand as unsigned will not
4777 // change the result of the comparison.
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004778 if (unsignedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) {
4779 assert(!value.isSigned() && "result of unsigned expression is signed");
4780
4781 // 2's complement: test the top bit.
4782 if (value.isNonNegative())
4783 return;
4784 }
4785 }
4786
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004787 Diag(OpLoc, PD)
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004788 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4789 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4790}
4791
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004792// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004793QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004794 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
4795 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
4796
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004797 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004798 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004799
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004800 CheckSignCompare(lex, rex, Loc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison,
4801 (Opc == BinaryOperator::EQ || Opc == BinaryOperator::NE));
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004802
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004803 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff47fea352007-08-10 18:26:40 +00004804 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4805 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
4806 else {
4807 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4808 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
4809 }
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004810 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4811 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004812
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004813 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
4814 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004815 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4816 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4817 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004818 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenekde9e9682009-03-20 19:57:37 +00004819 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004820 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
4821 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
4822 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
4823 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenek9ffbe412009-03-20 18:35:45 +00004824 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
4825 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004826 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004827
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004828 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
4829 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4830 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
4831 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004832
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004833 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
4834 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004835 Expr *literalString = 0;
4836 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004837 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004838 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4839 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004840 literalString = lex;
4841 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00004842 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
4843 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004844 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4845 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004846 literalString = rex;
4847 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
4848 }
4849
4850 if (literalString) {
4851 std::string resultComparison;
4852 switch (Opc) {
4853 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
4854 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
4855 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
4856 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
4857 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
4858 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
4859 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
4860 }
4861 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
4862 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
4863 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor170512f2009-04-01 23:51:29 +00004864 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
4865 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
4866 "strcmp(")
4867 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
4868 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004869 resultComparison);
4870 }
Ted Kremeneke451eae2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004871 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004872
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004873 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004874 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004875
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004876 if (isRelational) {
4877 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004878 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004879 } else {
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004880 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004881 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004882 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004883 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenekd4ecc6d2007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004884 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004885
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004886 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004887 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004888 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004889
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004890 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4891 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
4892 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4893 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004894
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004895 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4896 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4897 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff808eb8f2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004898 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004899 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004900 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004901 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004902 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004903
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004904 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004905 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4906 return ResultTy;
4907
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004908 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4909 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4910 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4911 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4912 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4913 //
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004914 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004915 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorb8420462009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004916 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004917 if (T.isNull()) {
4918 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4919 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4920 return QualType();
4921 }
4922
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004923 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4924 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004925 return ResultTy;
4926 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004927 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
4928 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
4929 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4930 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
4931 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
4932 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
4933 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4934 }
4935 } else if (!isRelational &&
4936 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
4937 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
4938 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
4939 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
4940 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
4941 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4942 }
4943 } else {
4944 // Invalid
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004945 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004946 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff75c17232007-06-13 21:41:08 +00004947 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004948 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004949 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004950 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004951 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004952
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004953 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004954 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004955 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004956 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004957 (lType->isPointerType() ||
4958 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004959 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004960 return ResultTy;
4961 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004962 if (LHSIsNull &&
4963 (rType->isPointerType() ||
4964 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004965 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004966 return ResultTy;
4967 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004968
4969 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004970 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004971 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
4972 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004973 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
4974 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
4975 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
4976 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
4977 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
4978 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
4979 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
4980 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004981 // types.
4982 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
4983 if (T.isNull()) {
4984 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4985 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4986 return QualType();
4987 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004988
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004989 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4990 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004991 return ResultTy;
4992 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004993
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004994 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004995 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4996 return ResultTy;
4997 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004998
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004999 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005000 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005001 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5002 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005003
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005004 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00005005 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005006 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005007 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005008 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005009 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005010 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005011 }
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005012 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005013 if (!isRelational
5014 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
5015 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005016 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005017 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005018 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005019 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005020 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
5021 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
5022 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005023 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005024 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005025 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005026 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005027
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005028 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005029 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005030 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
5031 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005032 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005033 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005034 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005035 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005036
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005037 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
5038 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005039 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005040 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005041 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005042 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005043 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffea54d9e2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00005044 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005045 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005046 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005047 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5048 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005049 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005050 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffb788d9b2008-06-03 14:04:54 +00005051 }
Fariborz Jahanian134cbef2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00005052 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005053 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005054 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5055 if (RHSIsNull) {
5056 if (isRelational)
5057 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5058 } else if (isRelational)
5059 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5060 else
5061 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005062
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005063 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005064 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005065 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005066 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005067 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005068 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005069 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005070 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005071 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5072 if (LHSIsNull) {
5073 if (isRelational)
5074 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5075 } else if (isRelational)
5076 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5077 else
5078 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005079
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005080 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005081 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005082 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005083 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005084 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005085 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00005086 }
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005087 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005088 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
5089 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005090 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005091 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005092 }
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005093 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
5094 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005095 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005096 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005097 }
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005098 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005099}
5100
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005101/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005102/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005103/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
5104/// types.
5105QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005106 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005107 bool isRelational) {
5108 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
5109 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005110 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005111 if (vType.isNull())
5112 return vType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005113
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005114 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5115 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005116
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005117 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5118 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5119 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
5120 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
5121 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
5122 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
5123 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005124 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005125 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005126
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005127 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
5128 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
5129 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005130 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005131 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005132
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005133 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
5134 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
5135 // elements for floating point vectors.
5136 if (lType->isIntegerType())
5137 return lType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005138
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005139 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005140 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005141 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005142 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner5d688962009-03-31 07:46:52 +00005143 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005144 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5145
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005146 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005147 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005148 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5149}
5150
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005151inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005152 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff94a5aca2007-07-16 22:23:01 +00005153 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005154 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00005155
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005156 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005157
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00005158 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005159 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005160 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005161}
5162
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005163inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005164 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005165 if (!Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5166 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5167 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005168
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005169 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
5170 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005171
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005172 return Context.IntTy;
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005173 }
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005174
5175 // C++ [expr.log.and]p1
5176 // C++ [expr.log.or]p1
5177 // The operands are both implicitly converted to type bool (clause 4).
5178 StandardConversionSequence LHS;
5179 if (!IsStandardConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy,
5180 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, LHS))
5181 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005182
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005183 if (PerformImplicitConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy, LHS,
5184 "passing", /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
5185 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5186
5187 StandardConversionSequence RHS;
5188 if (!IsStandardConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy,
5189 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, RHS))
5190 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5191
5192 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy, RHS,
5193 "passing", /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
5194 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5195
5196 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
5197 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
5198 // The result is a bool.
5199 return Context.BoolTy;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00005200}
5201
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005202/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
5203/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
5204/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
5205///
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005206static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005207 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
5208 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
5209 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
5210 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005211 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005212 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
5213 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
5214 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
5215 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005216 }
5217 }
5218 return false;
5219}
5220
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005221/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
5222/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
5223static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005224 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005225 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005226 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005227 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
5228 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005229 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
5230 return false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005231
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005232 unsigned Diag = 0;
5233 bool NeedType = false;
5234 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
5235 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
5236 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005237 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005238 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5239 NeedType = true;
5240 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005241 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005242 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5243 NeedType = true;
5244 break;
Chris Lattner9b3bbe92008-11-17 19:51:54 +00005245 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005246 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
5247 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005248 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005249 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5250 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005251 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
5252 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00005253 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00005254 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
5255 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005256 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005257 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
5258 break;
Steve Naroffba756cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00005259 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005260 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5261 break;
Fariborz Jahanian8a1810f2008-11-22 18:39:36 +00005262 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
5263 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
5264 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5118c412008-11-22 20:25:50 +00005265 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
5266 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
5267 break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005268 }
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00005269
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005270 SourceRange Assign;
5271 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
5272 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005273 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005274 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005275 else
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005276 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005277 return true;
5278}
5279
5280
5281
5282// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005283QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
5284 SourceLocation Loc,
5285 QualType CompoundType) {
5286 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
5287 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005288 return QualType();
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005289
5290 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
5291 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005292
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005293 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005294 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005295 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005296 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005297 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
5298 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
5299 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005300 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005301 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005302 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005303 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005304
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005305 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
5306 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
5307 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005308 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005309 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
5310 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
5311 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
5312 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
5313 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005314 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005315 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005316 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
5317 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
5318 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnered9f14c2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00005319 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
5320 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005321 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
5322 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
5323 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005324 }
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005325 }
5326 } else {
5327 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb05c41e2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00005328 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005329 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005330
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005331 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
5332 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005333 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005334
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005335 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
5336 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005337 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005338 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
5339 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005340 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005341 // operand.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005342 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00005343}
5344
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005345// C99 6.5.17
5346QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattnerf6e1e302008-07-25 20:54:07 +00005347 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005348 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005349
5350 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
5351 // incomplete in C++).
5352
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005353 return RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff95af0132007-03-30 23:47:58 +00005354}
5355
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00005356/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
5357/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005358QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5359 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005360 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5361 return Context.DependentTy;
5362
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005363 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
5364 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Steve Naroffd50c88e2007-04-05 21:15:20 +00005365
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005366 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
5367 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
5368 if (!isInc) {
5369 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5370 return QualType();
5371 }
5372 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
5373 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5374 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005375 // OK!
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005376 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
5377 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005378
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005379 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005380 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005381 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5382 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5383 << Op->getSourceRange();
5384 return QualType();
5385 }
5386
5387 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005388 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005389 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005390 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5391 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5392 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
5393 return QualType();
5394 }
5395
5396 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005397 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005398 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005399 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005400 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005401 << ResType))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005402 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianca75db72009-07-16 17:59:14 +00005403 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5404 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5405 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5406 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5407 return QualType();
5408 }
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005409 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
5410 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
5411 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005412 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005413 } else {
5414 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005415 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005416 return QualType();
Steve Naroff46ba1eb2007-04-03 23:13:13 +00005417 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005418 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff9e1e5512007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005419 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005420 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005421 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005422 return ResType;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005423}
5424
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005425/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005426/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005427/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5428/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5429/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5430/// - &(x) => x
5431/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5432/// - &s.xx => s
5433/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5434/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5435/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5436/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005437static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005438 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005439 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005440 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005441 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005442 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5443 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5444 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005445 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005446 return 0;
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005447 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005448 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005449 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005450 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5451 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005452 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5453 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5454 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5455 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5456 }
5457 return 0;
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005458 }
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005459 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5460 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005461
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005462 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005463 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5464 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5465 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5466 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5467 default:
5468 return 0;
5469 }
5470 }
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005471 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005472 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005473 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005474 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5475 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005476 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005477 default:
5478 return 0;
5479 }
5480}
5481
5482/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005483/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005484/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005485/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00005486/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005487/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005488/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005489QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005490 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5491 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5492
Douglas Gregor19b8c4f2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005493 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5494 return Context.DependentTy;
5495
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005496 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5497 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5498 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5499 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5500 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5501 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
5502 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
5503 }
5504 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
5505 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
5506 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005507 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner67315442008-07-26 21:30:36 +00005508 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes17f345f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00005509
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005510 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5511 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005512 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005513 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005514 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005515 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
5516 << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005517 return QualType();
5518 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00005519 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005520 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
5521 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5522 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00005523 return QualType();
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005524 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
5525 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005526 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005527 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005528 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005529 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian385db802009-07-07 18:50:52 +00005530 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
5531 // cannot take address of a property expression.
5532 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5533 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
5534 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson3fa58d12009-09-14 23:15:26 +00005535 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
5536 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson01ccf992009-09-15 16:03:44 +00005537 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
5538 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005539 } else if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(op)) {
5540 return Context.OverloadTy;
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005541 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005542 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005543 // with the register storage-class specifier.
5544 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005545 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005546 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5547 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005548 return QualType();
5549 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005550 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005551 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005552 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor9aa8b552008-12-10 21:26:49 +00005553 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005554 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
5555 // scope qualifier for the class.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005556 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005557 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005558 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
5559 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005560 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005561 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
5562 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
5563 return QualType();
5564 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005565
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005566 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5567 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005568 }
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005569 }
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005570 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes5773a1b2008-12-16 22:58:26 +00005571 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005572 // As above.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005573 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() &&
5574 MD->isInstance())
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005575 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5576 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
5577 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Steve Narofff633d092007-04-25 19:01:39 +00005578 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005579 }
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005580
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005581 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5582 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
5583 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
5584 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
5585 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
5586 }
5587
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005588 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005589 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005590}
5591
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005592QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005593 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5594 return Context.DependentTy;
5595
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005596 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
5597 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005598
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005599 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
5600 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
5601 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
5602 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005603 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005604 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005605
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005606 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanianf15d4b62009-09-03 00:43:07 +00005607 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005608
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005609 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005610 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005611 return QualType();
Steve Naroff1926c832007-04-24 00:23:05 +00005612}
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005613
5614static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
5615 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5616 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5617 switch (Kind) {
5618 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005619 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
5620 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005621 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
5622 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
5623 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
5624 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
5625 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
5626 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
5627 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
5628 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
5629 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
5630 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
5631 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
5632 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
5633 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
5634 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
5635 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
5636 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
5637 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
5638 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
5639 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
5640 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
5641 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
5642 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
5643 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
5644 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
5645 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
5646 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
5647 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
5648 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
5649 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
5650 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
5651 }
5652 return Opc;
5653}
5654
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005655static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
5656 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5657 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5658 switch (Kind) {
5659 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
5660 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
5661 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
5662 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
5663 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
5664 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
5665 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
5666 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
5667 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005668 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
5669 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
Chris Lattnerd0f76512007-06-08 22:16:53 +00005670 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005671 }
5672 return Opc;
5673}
5674
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005675/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
5676/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
5677/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005678Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5679 unsigned Op,
5680 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005681 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005682 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005683 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
5684 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
5685 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005686
5687 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005688 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
5689 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
5690 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005691 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
5692 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
5693 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
5694 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
5695 break;
5696 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005697 case BinaryOperator::Div:
5698 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5699 break;
5700 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
5701 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5702 break;
5703 case BinaryOperator::Add:
5704 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5705 break;
5706 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
5707 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5708 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005709 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005710 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
5711 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5712 break;
5713 case BinaryOperator::LE:
5714 case BinaryOperator::LT:
5715 case BinaryOperator::GE:
5716 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005717 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005718 break;
5719 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
5720 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005721 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005722 break;
5723 case BinaryOperator::And:
5724 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
5725 case BinaryOperator::Or:
5726 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5727 break;
5728 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
5729 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
5730 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5731 break;
5732 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
5733 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005734 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5735 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5736 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5737 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005738 break;
5739 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005740 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5741 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5742 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5743 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005744 break;
5745 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005746 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5747 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5748 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005749 break;
5750 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005751 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5752 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5753 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005754 break;
5755 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
5756 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005757 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5758 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5759 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5760 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005761 break;
5762 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
5763 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
5764 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005765 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5766 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5767 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5768 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005769 break;
5770 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
5771 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5772 break;
5773 }
5774 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005775 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005776 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005777 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5778 else
5779 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005780 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
5781 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005782}
5783
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005784/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
5785/// ParenRange in parentheses.
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005786static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
5787 const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
5788 SourceRange ParenRange)
5789{
5790 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
5791 if (!ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
5792 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
5793 // warning/error and return.
5794 Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
5795 return;
5796 }
5797
5798 Self.Diag(Loc, PD)
5799 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
5800 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
5801}
5802
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005803/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
5804/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
5805/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
5806/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005807static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5808 SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005809 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
5810 BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
5811 rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
5812 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005813 lhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005814 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005815 rhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
5816
5817 // Subs are not binary operators.
5818 if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1)
5819 return;
5820
5821 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
5822 // Don't diagnose this.
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005823 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) &&
5824 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc)))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005825 return;
5826
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005827 if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005828 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
5829 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005830 << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc)
5831 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
5832 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()));
5833 else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005834 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
5835 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005836 << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd())
5837 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
5838 SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()));
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005839}
5840
5841/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
5842/// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
5843/// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
5844static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5845 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005846 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005847 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
5848}
5849
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005850// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005851Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
5852 tok::TokenKind Kind,
5853 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005854 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005855 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005856
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00005857 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
5858 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005859
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005860 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
5861 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs);
5862
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005863 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
5864}
5865
5866Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5867 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5868 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005869 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005870 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005871 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
5872 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5873 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5874 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5875 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00005876 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005877 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5878 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005879 if (S)
5880 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
5881 Functions);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005882 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005883 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005884 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00005885 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005886 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005887
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005888 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
5889 // binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005890 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005891 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005892
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005893 // Build a built-in binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005894 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005895}
5896
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005897Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005898 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005899 ExprArg InputArg) {
5900 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005901
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005902 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005903 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005904 QualType resultType;
5905 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005906 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
5907 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
5908 break;
5909
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005910 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
5911 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005912 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
5913 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005914 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005915 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
5916 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005917 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005918 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005919 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005920 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005921 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffb7235642007-12-18 04:06:57 +00005922 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005923 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005924 break;
5925 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
5926 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005927 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5928 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005929 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5930 break;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005931 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
5932 break;
5933 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
5934 resultType->isEnumeralType())
5935 break;
5936 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
5937 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
5938 resultType->isPointerType())
5939 break;
5940
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005941 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5942 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005943 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005944 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5945 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005946 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5947 break;
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005948 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
5949 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
5950 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005951 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005952 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005953 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005954 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5955 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005956 break;
5957 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00005958 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005959 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
5960 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005961 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5962 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005963 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005964 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5965 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerbe31ed82007-06-02 19:11:33 +00005966 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005967 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
5968 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005969 break;
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005970 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005971 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00005972 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005973 break;
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005974 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005975 resultType = Input->getType();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00005976 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005977 }
5978 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005979 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005980
5981 InputArg.release();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005982 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005983}
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005984
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005985Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5986 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5987 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005988 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
Anders Carlsson461a2c02009-11-14 21:26:41 +00005989 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
5990 Opc != UnaryOperator::Extension) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005991 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5992 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5993 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5994 // the arguments.
5995 FunctionSet Functions;
5996 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5997 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005998 if (S)
5999 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
6000 Functions);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006001 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006002 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00006003 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, &Input, 1, Functions);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006004 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006005
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006006 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
6007 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006008
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006009 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
6010}
6011
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006012// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
6013Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6014 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
6015 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), move(input));
6016}
6017
Steve Naroff66356bd2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00006018/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006019Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6020 SourceLocation LabLoc,
6021 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006022 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner3318e862009-04-18 20:01:55 +00006023 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006024
Daniel Dunbar88402ce2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00006025 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
6026 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroff846b1ec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00006027 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006028 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006029
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006030 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006031 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
6032 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006033}
6034
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006035Sema::OwningExprResult
6036Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
6037 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
6038 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006039 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
6040 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
6041
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00006042 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattnera69b0762009-04-25 19:11:05 +00006043 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006044 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00006045
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006046 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
6047 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
6048 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006049
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006050 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
6051 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
6052 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006053
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006054 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
6055 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
6056 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
6057 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
6058 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006059
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006060 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006061 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006062 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006063
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006064 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
6065 // expressions are not lvalues.
6066
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006067 substmt.release();
6068 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006069}
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006070
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006071Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
6072 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6073 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
6074 TypeTy *argty,
6075 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
6076 unsigned NumComponents,
6077 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6078 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
6079 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006080 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6081 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006082 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006083
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006084 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
6085
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006086 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
6087 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
6088 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006089 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006090 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006091
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006092 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
6093 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor26897462009-03-11 16:48:53 +00006094
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006095 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
6096 // the offsetof designators.
6097 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
6098 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006099 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006100 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman16c88df2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00006101
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006102 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
6103 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006104 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
6105 // a system header!
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006106 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00006107 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
6108 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006109
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006110 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedman8469bc72009-05-03 21:22:18 +00006111 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006112
John McCall9eff4e62009-11-04 03:03:43 +00006113 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeLoc, Res->getType(),
6114 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
6115 return ExprError();
6116
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006117 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
6118 // leaks like a sieve.
6119 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
6120 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
6121 if (OC.isBrackets) {
6122 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
6123 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
6124 if (!AT) {
6125 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006126 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
6127 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006128 }
6129
6130 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
6131
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006132 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
6133 // expression.
6134 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
6135
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006136 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
6137 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006138 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006139 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006140 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00006141 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006142 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006143
6144 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
6145 OC.LocEnd);
6146 continue;
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006147 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006148
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006149 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006150 if (!RC) {
6151 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006152 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
6153 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006154 }
Chris Lattner98dbf0a2007-08-30 17:59:59 +00006155
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006156 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
6157 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006158 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson38ebcaa2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00006159 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlsson8b98d022009-05-02 17:45:47 +00006160 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
6161 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
6162 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson38ebcaa2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00006163 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
6164 }
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006165 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006166
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00006167 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
6168 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00006169
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006170 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00006171 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(R.getAsSingleDecl(Context));
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006172 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006173 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +00006174 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
6175 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006176
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006177 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
6178 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006179 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00006180 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
John McCall7e1d6d72009-11-11 03:23:23 +00006181 OC.LocEnd, MemberDecl, Res, OC.LocEnd).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006182 } else {
6183 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
6184 // doesn't matter here.
6185 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
6186 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
6187 }
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006188 }
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006189 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006190
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006191 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
6192 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006193}
6194
6195
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006196Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6197 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
6198 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006199 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6200 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
6201 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006202
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006203 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006204
Douglas Gregorf907cbf2009-05-19 22:28:02 +00006205 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6206 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
6207 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
6208 return ExprError();
6209 }
6210
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006211 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
6212 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006213}
6214
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006215Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6216 ExprArg cond,
6217 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
6218 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6219 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
6220 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
6221 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006222
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006223 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
6224
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006225 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006226 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor0df91122009-05-19 22:43:30 +00006227 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006228 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006229 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006230 } else {
6231 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
6232 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
6233 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
6234 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006235 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
6236 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
6237 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006238
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006239 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
6240 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006241 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
6242 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006243 }
6244
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006245 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
6246 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006247 resType, RPLoc,
6248 resType->isDependentType(),
6249 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006250}
6251
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006252//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6253// Clang Extensions.
6254//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6255
6256/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006257void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006258 // Analyze block parameters.
6259 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006260
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006261 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
6262 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
6263 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006264
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006265 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006266 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpa6703322009-02-19 22:01:56 +00006267 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbarb9a68612009-07-29 01:59:17 +00006268 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006269 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
6270 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006271
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006272 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00006273 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006274}
6275
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006276void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00006277 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006278
6279 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
6280 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006281 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006282 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
6283
Mike Stumpd456c482009-04-28 01:10:27 +00006284 if (T->isArrayType()) {
6285 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6286 diag::err_block_returns_array);
6287 return;
6288 }
6289
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006290 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
6291 if (!T->isFunctionType())
6292 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
6293
6294 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
6295 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006296 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006297 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006298 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006299 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006300 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6301 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006302 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006303
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006304 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6305 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6306 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6307 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6308 return;
6309 }
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006310 return;
6311 }
6312
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006313 // Analyze arguments to block.
6314 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
6315 "Not a function declarator!");
6316 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006317
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006318 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
6319 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006320
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006321 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
6322 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
6323 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
6324 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006325 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
6326 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006327 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006328 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006329 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
6330 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006331 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006332 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006333 }
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006334 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006335 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahanian960910a2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00006336 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006337 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006338 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
6339 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
6340 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
6341 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
6342 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006343
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006344 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006345 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006346 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006347 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006348 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006349 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6350 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006351
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006352 // Analyze the return type.
6353 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006354 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006355
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006356 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6357 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6358 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6359 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6360 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006361 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006362}
6363
6364/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
6365/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
6366void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
6367 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6368 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006369
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006370 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
6371
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006372 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner41b86942009-04-21 22:38:46 +00006373 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006374 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006375 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006376}
6377
6378/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
6379/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006380Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
6381 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9eac9312009-03-27 04:18:06 +00006382 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
6383 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
6384 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006385
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006386 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6387 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006388
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006389 PopDeclContext();
6390
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006391 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
6392 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006393
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006394 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006395 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
6396 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006397
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006398 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
6399 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
6400 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006401
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006402 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006403 QualType BlockTy;
6404 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006405 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6406 NoReturn);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006407 else
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006408 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006409 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6410 NoReturn);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006411
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006412 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006413 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006414 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006415
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006416 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
6417 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
6418 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
6419 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006420
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006421 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006422 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006423 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
6424 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006425}
6426
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006427Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6428 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
6429 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006430 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006431 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
6432 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006433
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006434 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006435
6436 // Get the va_list type
6437 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006438 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
6439 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
6440 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
6441 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006442 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006443 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
6444 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
6445 } else {
6446 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
6447 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006448 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006449 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006450 return ExprError();
6451 }
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006452
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006453 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
6454 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006455 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
6456 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006457 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner3f5cd772009-04-05 00:59:53 +00006458 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006459
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006460 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006461 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006462
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006463 expr.release();
6464 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
6465 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006466}
6467
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006468Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006469 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
6470 // pointers on the target.
6471 QualType Ty;
6472 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
6473 Ty = Context.IntTy;
6474 else
6475 Ty = Context.LongTy;
6476
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006477 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006478}
6479
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006480static void
6481MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(Sema& SemaRef,
6482 QualType DstType,
6483 Expr *SrcExpr,
6484 CodeModificationHint &Hint) {
6485 if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().ObjC1)
6486 return;
6487
6488 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6489 if (!PT)
6490 return;
6491
6492 // Check if the destination is of type 'id'.
6493 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
6494 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
6495 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
6496 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
6497 return;
6498 }
6499
6500 // Strip off any parens and casts.
6501 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenCasts());
6502 if (!SL || SL->isWide())
6503 return;
6504
6505 Hint = CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
6506}
6507
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006508bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6509 SourceLocation Loc,
6510 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6511 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
6512 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
6513 bool isInvalid = false;
6514 unsigned DiagKind;
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006515 CodeModificationHint Hint;
6516
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006517 switch (ConvTy) {
6518 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
6519 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006520 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006521 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
6522 break;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006523 case IntToPointer:
6524 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
6525 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006526 case IncompatiblePointer:
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006527 MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint);
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006528 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
6529 break;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00006530 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
6531 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
6532 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006533 case FunctionVoidPointer:
6534 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
6535 break;
6536 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00006537 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
6538 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
6539 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
6540 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
6541 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
6542 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
6543 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
6544 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
6545 // C++ semantics.
6546 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6547 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
6548 return false;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006549 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
6550 break;
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00006551 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
Fariborz Jahanianb98dade2009-11-09 22:16:37 +00006552 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00006553 break;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006554 case IntToBlockPointer:
6555 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
6556 break;
6557 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd79b5a82009-04-21 22:51:42 +00006558 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006559 break;
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006560 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006561 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006562 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
6563 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
6564 break;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00006565 case IncompatibleVectors:
6566 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
6567 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006568 case Incompatible:
6569 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
6570 isInvalid = true;
6571 break;
6572 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006573
Chris Lattnerf3d3fae2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00006574 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006575 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange() << Hint;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006576 return isInvalid;
6577}
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006578
Chris Lattnerc71d08b2009-04-25 21:59:05 +00006579bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006580 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
6581 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
6582 if (Result)
6583 *Result = ICEResult;
6584 return false;
6585 }
6586
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006587 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
6588
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006589 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006590 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
6591 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
6592
6593 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
6594 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
6595 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
6596 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
6597 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
6598 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
6599 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006600
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006601 return true;
6602 }
6603
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006604 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
6605 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006606
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006607 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
6608 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
6609 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006610
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006611 if (Result)
6612 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
6613 return false;
6614}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006615
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006616void
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006617Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006618 ExprEvalContexts.push_back(
6619 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(NewContext, ExprTemporaries.size()));
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006620}
6621
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006622void
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006623Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() {
6624 // Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack.
6625 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back();
6626 ExprEvalContexts.pop_back();
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006627
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006628 if (Rec.Context == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated &&
6629 Rec.PotentiallyReferenced) {
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006630 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
6631 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
6632 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006633 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator
6634 I = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->begin(),
6635 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->end();
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006636 I != IEnd; ++I)
6637 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006638 }
6639
6640 // When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any
6641 // temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of
6642 // the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they
6643 // will never be constructed.
6644 if (Rec.Context == Unevaluated &&
6645 ExprTemporaries.size() > Rec.NumTemporaries)
6646 ExprTemporaries.erase(ExprTemporaries.begin() + Rec.NumTemporaries,
6647 ExprTemporaries.end());
6648
6649 // Destroy the popped expression evaluation record.
6650 Rec.Destroy();
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006651}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006652
6653/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
6654///
6655/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
6656/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
6657/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
6658/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
6659///
6660/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
6661///
6662/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
6663void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
6664 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006665
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006666 if (D->isUsed())
6667 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006668
Douglas Gregor3beaf9b2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00006669 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
6670 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
6671 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
6672 // -Wunused-parameters)
6673 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
6674 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()))
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006675 D->setUsed(true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006676
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006677 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
6678 // an instantiation.
6679 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
6680 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006681
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006682 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006683 case Unevaluated:
6684 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
6685 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006686
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006687 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
6688 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
6689 // "used"; handle this below.
6690 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006691
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006692 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
6693 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
6694 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
6695 // potentially evaluated.
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006696 ExprEvalContexts.back().addReferencedDecl(Loc, D);
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006697 return;
6698 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006699
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006700 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanian3a363432009-06-22 17:30:33 +00006701 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006702 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian18eb69a2009-06-22 20:37:23 +00006703 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
6704 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6705 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006706 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00006707 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006708 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6709 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
6710 }
Fariborz Jahanian24a175b2009-06-26 23:49:16 +00006711 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
6712 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
6713 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006714
Fariborz Jahanian41f79272009-06-25 21:45:19 +00006715 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6716 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
6717 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
6718 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
6719 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
6720 }
6721 }
Fariborz Jahanian49796cc72009-06-24 22:09:44 +00006722 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006723 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor4adbc6d2009-06-26 00:10:03 +00006724 // class templates.
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006725 if (!Function->getBody() && Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006726 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
6727 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
6728 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
6729 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6730 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006731 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6732 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006733 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6734 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
6735 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
6736 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6737 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006738 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6739 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006740 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6741 }
6742
6743 if (!AlreadyInstantiated)
6744 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
6745 }
6746
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006747 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006748 Function->setUsed(true);
6749 return;
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006750 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006751
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006752 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006753 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006754 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006755 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
6756 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
6757 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
6758 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
6759 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
6760 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
6761 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
6762 }
6763 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006764
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006765 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006766
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006767 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006768 return;
Sam Weinigbae69142009-09-11 03:29:30 +00006769 }
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006770}
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00006771
6772bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
6773 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
6774 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
6775 return false;
6776
6777 PartialDiagnostic Note =
6778 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
6779 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
6780 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
6781
6782 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
6783 FD ?
6784 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
6785 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
6786 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
6787 << CE->getSourceRange(),
6788 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
6789 return true;
6790
6791 return false;
6792}
6793
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006794// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
6795// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
6796void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
6797 SourceLocation Loc;
6798
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00006799 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
6800
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006801 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
6802 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
6803 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
6804 return;
6805
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00006806 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
6807 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
6808 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
6809 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
6810
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00006811 // self = [<foo> init...]
6812 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS())
6813 && Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName().startswith("init"))
6814 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
6815
6816 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
6817 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() &&
6818 Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName() == "nextObject")
6819 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
6820 }
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00006821
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006822 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6823 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
6824 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
6825 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
6826 return;
6827
6828 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6829 } else {
6830 // Not an assignment.
6831 return;
6832 }
6833
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006834 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCalle724ae92009-10-12 22:25:59 +00006835 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006836
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00006837 Diag(Loc, diagnostic)
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006838 << E->getSourceRange()
6839 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
6840 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
6841}
6842
6843bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
6844 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
6845
6846 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
6847 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
6848
6849 QualType T = E->getType();
6850
6851 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6852 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
6853 return true;
6854 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
6855 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
6856 << T << E->getSourceRange();
6857 return true;
6858 }
6859 }
6860
6861 return false;
6862}